Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

i+am+twice+as+old+as+him

  • 61 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    ► a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 62 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 63 ходить

    гл.
    1. to go; 2. to walk; 3. to go/to travel on foot; 4. to stride; 5. to march; 6. to pace; 7. to stroll; 8. to amble; 9. to saunter; 10. to trudge; 11. to plod; 12. to hobble; 13. to shuffle; 14. to shamble; 15. to tiptoe; 16. to sneak; 17. to stagger; 18. to stumble; 19. to lurch; 20. to swagger; 21. to strut; 22. to wander; 23. to prowl; 24. to wade; 25. to pick one's way; 26. to edge
    Русский глагол ходить используется в разных ситуациях; относится к движению людей, работе механизмов, внешнему виду человека. Русский глагол ходить не уточняет, как осуществляется движение и при каких сопутствующих обстоятельствах. В английском языке эти аспекты уточняются значениями отдельных слов. В русском языке любые уточнения способов движения передаются, как правило, словосочетаниями с глаголом ходить.
    1. to go — (как и русский глагол ходить, английский глагол to go многозначен и относится как к живым существам, так и к неодушевленным предметам, машинам и механизмам): a) ходить, ездить, передвигаться (предполагает передвижение живых существ любыми способами — ногами, транспортными средствами и т. п.; обычно сопровождается определениями: как, когда, куда, каким образом): to go in pairs (arm-in-arm) — ходить парами (под руку); to go shopping — ходить за покупками; to go to the theatre (to the cinema, to concerts) — ходить в театр (в кино, на концерты); to go there right now — пойти туда сейчас же; to go by train — ездить поездом; to go by boat — плыть пароходом; to go by air — лететь самолетом; to go out to work — ходить на работу/ ходить на службу; to go swimming (skiing) — ходить плавать/купаться (ходить на лыжах) In summer he goes for a swim in all sorts of weather. — Летом он ходит купаться в любую погоду. On Saturday we usually go shopping. — По субботам мы обычно ходим за покупками. We don't often go to museums. — Мы редко ходим в музеи. My father liked to go into the mountains and he often took us kids with him. — Отец любил ходить в горы и часто брал нас, детей, с собой. b) ходить, функционировать, работать (описывает функционирование неодушевленных предметов, главным образом машин и механизмов): This watch doesn't go. — Эти часы не ходят. The bus goes there twice a day. — Автобус ходит туда два раза в день. Cars can't go along such roads. — Машины по таким дорогам не ездят./ Машины по таким дорогам ездить не могут. The train went at full speed. — Поезд шел полным ходом. Buses don't go along these streets. — По этим улицам автобусы не ходят/не ездят.
    2. to walk — ходить, гулять, прогуливаться, ходить пешком, прохаживаться, переступать ногами ( двигаться вперед с обычной скоростью): Lena and Ann always walk to school together. — Лена и Аня всегда идут в школу вместе. Shall we walk or take a taxi? — Пойдем пешком или возьмем такси? Ben learned to walk at ten months. — Бен научился ходить, когда ему было десять месяцев./Бен пошел, когда ему было десять месяцев. On the final day we walked over twenty miles. — В последний день мы прошли более двадцати миль. We walked around the market for a while, before going to the beach. — Мы немного походили по рынку прежде чем пойти на пляж. I keep seeing these two strange men walking around, I'm sure they are up to something. — Я все время вижу этих двух незнакомцев, которые ходят вокруг, я уверен, они что-то замышляют. The doctor told Sam to walk as much as possible — it was good for his heart. — Доктор посоветовал Сэму побольше ходить — это полезно для его сердца./Доктор посоветовал Сэму побольше двигаться — ему это полезно для сердца. Ellyn is up at six every morning to walk along the beach. — Эллин встает в шесть часов каждое утро, чтобы походить/погулять по пляжу. I like to go walking in the woods, just to breathe the air. — Я люблю ходить по лесу, просто чтобы подышать свежим воздухом. We are going to walk for a while before dinner. — Мы пошли до обеда немного погулять.
    3. to go/to travel on foot — ходить пешком: It is not far, it will take you about ten minutes on foot. — Это недалеко, всего минут десять пешком. They planned to travel partly by boat and the rest of the way on foot. — Они планировали проплыть на лодке часть пути, а остальной путь проделать пешком.
    4. to stride — шагать, ходить большими шагами (двигаться быстро, особенно если вы чувствуете неуверенность, сердитесь или торопитесь): Не strode along the beach. — Он шагал по пляжу./Он вышагивал по пляжу. Не strode on/off. — Он зашагал дальше. The interviewer strode confidently towards me and shook my hand. — Журналист уверенно шагнул ко мне и протянул руку, здороваясь со мной. I saw Max striding angrily away. — Я видел, как Макс в гневе зашагал прочь. She strode quickly and purposefully into the room, with her head upright. — С высоко поднятой головой и явным намерением что-то сделать она быстро шагнула/вошла в комнату.
    5. to march — маршировать, ходить строевым шагом, двигаться решительно, двигаться твердым шагом (двигаться быстро, уверенными шагами, особенно под влиянием гнева или решимости что-либо сделать): Sheila marched into the office to demand an apology. — Шейла уверенно вошла в контору потребовать, чтобы перед ней извинились. «I'll never forgive you for this», Margosaid marching off. — «Я тебе этого никогда не прощу», — сказала Марго и вышла. The soldiers marched through the town in two straight columns. — Солдаты прошли строем через город двумя стройными колоннами./Соддаты промаршировали через городдвумя стройными колоннами. At the army training camp the new recruits will learn how to march and shoot. — В военно-учебных лагерях новобранцы научатся ходить строем и стрелять. The prisoners were made to march around the court yard. — Узников заставляли маршировать по тюремному двору.
    6. to pace — ходить взад и вперед (обычно в небольшом пространстве, особенно если вы нервничаете, раздражены или рассержены): Sheila paced back and forth along the corridor, waiting for the doctor to come back. — В ожидании возвращения врача Шейла нервно ходила взад и вперед по коридору. «We are going to be late», Jordan said irritably pacing up and down the room. — «Мы опаздываем», — раздраженно сказал Джордан, меряя шагами комнату./«Мы опаздываем», — сказал Джордан, шагая взад и вперед по комнате. A lion paced up and down the cage. — Лев ходил по клетке взад и вперед.
    7. to stroll — прогуливаться ( ходить ради удовольствия): 1 strolled along the beach with the warm sun on my face. — Я медленно прогуливался по пляжу, теплое солнце светило мне в лицо. The young couple strolled through the park, arm-in-arm. — Молодая пара под руку прогуливалась по парку. In the evening Madrid fills with people strolling unhurridly from bar to bar. — По вечерам Мадрид наполняют гуляющие пары, которые не спеша переходят от бара к бару.
    8. to amble — двигаться мелкими шагами, семенить; идти неторопливым шагом, брести, бесцельно бродить; идти иноходью ( о лошади): An old man appeared from behind the house and ambled across the yard. — Из-за дома показался старик, который бесцельно бродил по двору. We ambled around the town. — Мы бродили по городу. One of the horses, the white one, slowly ambled toward me. — Одна из лошадей — белая — иноходью приблизилась ко мне.
    9. to saunter — прогуливаться, прохаживаться, фланировать (ходить с гордым видом, что нередко у других вызывает раздражение): We sauntered up and down the street. — Мы прогуливались/прохаживались вверх и вниз по улице. «Shouldn't you be in class?» — the teacher asked the girls who were sauntering down the corridor. — «Вы разве не должны быть в классе?» — спросил преподаватель девочек, спокойно прогуливающихся по коридору. I sauntered into the garden, where some friends were chatting near the fire. — Я медленно прошел в сад, где у костра болтали несколько моих друзей. As usual, he sauntered into the class twenty minutes late. — Он с независимым видом вошел в класс как обычно с двадцатиминутным опозданием.
    10. to trudge — устало ходить, тяжело ступать, тащиться (тяжело двигаться медленными шагами, потому что вы устали): Mother walked for four miles to the nearest store trudging back home with her bag of groceries. — Мать ходила в магазин в четырех милях от дома, а потом устало тащилась домой с тяжелой сумкой продуктов. Trudging through the sand was exhausting. — Тащиться по песку было тяжело. He trudged the streets all day. — Он таскался по улицам целый день. Не trudged wearily up the hill. — Он устало тащился в гору.
    11. to plod — брести ( с трудом), тащиться, медленно плестись, устало плестись (еле-еле передвигая ноги из-за усталости или потому что вы несете что-либо тяжелое): Не plodded wearily home. — Он устало плелся домой. The travelers plodded through deep snow at the side of the railroad. — Путешественники устало плелись по глубокому снегу вдоль железнодорожного полотна./Путешественники медленно брели по глубокому снегу вдоль железнодорожного полотна. The donkey was plodding slowly along underthc heavy load. — Ослик еле плелся под тяжестью поклажи.
    12. to hobble — ковылять, прихрамывать: Не hobbled along. — Он шел прихрамывая. The man hobbled along on his crutches. — Мужчина ковылял на костылях.
    13. to shuffle — ходить шаркая ногами (двигаться медленно и с шумом, не поднимая ног от пола на должную высоту): Не shuffled to the bar across the room. — Он пошел шаркающей походкой к бару. Supporting herself on Ann's arm the old woman shuffled towards the door. — Опираясь на руку Анны, старушка шаркая шла к двери. I heard Bob shuffling around the kitchen. — Я слышала, как Боб шаркая ногами тяжело двигался по кухне.
    14. to shamble — ходить вразвалку; ходить волоча ноги (медленно и неуклюже, ленивой походкой двигаться, наклоняясь вперед): The old man shambled off. — Старик, волоча ноги, пошел прочь. Не shambled into the room and up lo the window. — Он ввалился в комнату и вразвалку подошел к окну. Looking tired, Parker shambled to the stage and started playing. — С усталым видом Паркер медленно прошел на сиену и начал играть.
    15. to tiptoe — ходить на цыпочках ( стараться быть незамеченным или не производить шума): Bobby tiptoed past his daughter's bedroom so as not to wake her. — Бобби на цыпочках прошел мимо спальни дочери, чтобы не разбудить ее. They tiptoed from room to room, afraid to speak above a whisper. — Они ходили на цыпочках из комнаты в комнату и говорили только шепотом.
    16. to sneak — ходить крадучись, красться (тихо двигаться прячась от кого-либо, особенно если вы делаете что-либо плохое и не хотите быть пойманным): The thieves sneaked in when the guard had his back turned. — Воры крадучись пробрались внутрь, когда охранник стоял к ним спиной. Polly sneaked in through back yard so that her parents wouldn't wake up and see how late it was. — Полли крадучись вошла со двора так, чтобы не разбудить родителей и не дать им понять, как поздно она пришла.
    17. to stagger — ходить хромая, ходить шатаясь, шататься (двигаться неуверенной походкой, шатаясь из стороны в сторону, почти падая, особенно из-за того, что вы устали, пьяны или ранены): I was hit on the head and just managed to stagger out of the room. — Меня ударили по голове, и я с трудом, шатаясь выбрался из комнаты. My father was staggering under weight of a huge parcel. — Мой отец шел пошатываясь под тяжестью огромного пакета.
    18. to stumble — спотыкаться, ходить спотыкаясь (неуверенно двигаться, натыкаясь на то, что под ногами, или потому, что вы устали или пьяны): The room was dark and Sten nearly fell over a chair as he stumbled to the corner. — В комнате было темно, и Стэн споткнулся о стул и чуть не упал, идя в угол комнаты. Having drunk half a bottle of whisky I stumbled upstairs and to bed. — Выпив с полбутылки виски, я спотыкаясь поднялся наверх и лег в кровать.
    19. to lurch — идти нетвердой походкой, пошатываться, неуверенно двигаться: Не lurched sideways two steps as the stone rolled by. — Он уклонился на два шага в сторону, когда камень прокатился мимо. Harry lurched to the bathroom clutching his stomach in pain. — Гарри шатаясь побрел в ванную комнату, хватаясь от боли за живот.
    20. to swagger — расхаживать, ходить с гордым/важным видом, самоуверенно ( идти двигая всем корпусом): Paul swaggered arrogantly into (he boxing ring, as if he had already won the fight. — Павел с гордым видом вышел на ринг так, как будто он уже одержал победу. Sally's boyfriend came swaggering down the steps with his hands in his jackets. — Дружок Салли, засунув руки в карманы, с гордым видом спускался по ступенькам лестницы. Ben left the room swaggering clearly pleased with himself. — Бен гордо вышел из комнаты, весьма довольный собой.
    21. to strut — ходить с важным видом, выхаживать, вышагивать (ходить с гордо поднятой головой, грудью вперед, всем видом показывая свою важность): Look at him strutting across the office, he thinks he is so important. — Посмотри, как он вышагивает по офису, он думает, что он очень важная птица. During the mating season the male bird will strut in front of the female. — Во время сезона спаривания самец гордо вышагивает перед самкой.
    22. to wander — бродить, бесцельно ходить (часто по местам, которые вы не знаете): Tom spent most of his free time wandering about in the woods. — Большую часть своего свободного времени Том бродил по лесам. For an hour and a half we were wandering around the old city, completely lost. — Совершенно заблудившись, часа полтора мы бродили по старому городу.
    23. to prowl — рыскать, идти крадучись (тихо передвигаться, оставаясь незамеченным, особенно при попытке что-либо украсть или напасть на кого-либо): The nurse said that she could hear someone prowling in the garden. — Няня сказала, что она слышала, как кто-то крадучись ходил по саду. Several wolves prowled around the camp, but they were kept at bay by the fire. — Несколько волков рыскали у лагеря, но их остановил огонь костра. The police have warned the public the killer may be prowling the streets. — Полиция предупредила население, что убийца еще может бродить по улицам.
    24. to wade — ходить по воде, шлепать: Ellen waded into the water then started swimming across the river. — Эллен вошла в воду и поплыла на тот берег реки. The rescuers worked wading waist deep in the muddy water. — Спасатели работали по грудь в грязной воде. The fisherman got out of the boat and waded ashore. — Рыбак вышел из лодки и вброд пошел к берегу.
    25. to pick one's way — осторожно ходить (идти, выбирая дорогу, обходя опасные места): The boys began to pick their way over the rocks towards the ocean. — Мальчики начали осторожно двигаться по камням в сторону океана. Gathering her skirt she began to pick her way through the puddles. — Подобрав юбку, она начала пробираться, обходя дождевые лужи.
    26. to edge — ходить пробираясь боком; ходить по краю (медленно и осторожно, двигаясь боком через небольшое, узкое пространство, которое не позволяет идти нормальным шагом): Ben edged sideways through the front door, which seemed to be stuck. — Бэн протиснулся через парадную дверь, которую по-видимому заело. Edging my way through the crowd I eventually managed to get to the bar. — Пробравшись боком через толпу, я наконец смог добраться до бара.

    Русско-английский объяснительный словарь > ходить

  • 64 anno

    m year
    buon anno! Happy New Year!
    anno finanziario financial year
    anno scolastico school year
    quanti anni hai? how old are you?
    ho 33 anni I'm 33 (years old)
    * * *
    anno s.m.
    1 year: l'anno scorso, last year; l'anno prossimo, venturo, next year; l'anno che viene, the year to come; un anno dopo l'altro, year in year out (o year after year o year by year); di anno in anno, from year to year; col passare degli anni, as years go, went by; due volte all'anno, twice a year; durante tutto l'anno, all year round; per molti anni di fila, for many years on end; per un certo numero di anni, for some years; tutti gli anni, every year; in capo a un anno sarà ministro, before the end of the year (o the year is out) he will be a minister // anno bisestile, leap year; anno scolastico, school year; anno accademico, academic year; anno civile, civil (o calendar) year; anno giuridico, legal year; anno finanziario, financial year; l'anno in corso, the current year // (agr.) anno agricolo, farmer's year // (astr.): anno anomalistico, periodico, anomalistic year; anno luce, light year; anno solare, calendar year // (eccl.) Anno Santo, Holy (o Jubilee) Year // gli anni '20, '30 ecc., the twenties, thirties ecc. // quest'anno è l'anno internazionale della donna, this year is international women's year // i migliori anni della nostra vita, the best years of our lives; nel fiore degli anni, in the prime of life; gli anni verdi, early years // studente del terzo anno, student in his third year // è stato un anno a novembre, it was a year last November; sarà un anno a ottobre, it will be a year in (o next) October // carico di anni, advanced in age; essere avanti negli anni, to be on in years; finire, compiere gli anni, to have one's birthday; levarsi gli anni, to knock a few years off one's age; portare bene gli anni, not to look one's age // aspettare l'anno nuovo, to see the New Year in; augurare a qlcu. Buon Anno, to wish s.o. a happy New Year; anno nuovo vita nuova, a new year brings a fresh start
    2 ( periodo di tempo lungo e indeterminato) a long time: cent'anni, mill'anni, a very long (o undefined) time; sono cent'anni che non vi vedo, I have not seen you for years and years (o for such a long time), (fam.) I haven't seen you for a month of Sundays (o it is donkey's years since I saw you o I haven't seen you for donkey's years); è un anno che lo aspetto, I have been waiting for him a long time (o for ages)
    3 ( nelle indicazioni di età): di età tra i tredici e i diciannove anni, teenage (attr.); ragazzo tra i tredici e i diciannove anni, teenager (o teenage boy); essere tra i tredici e i diciannove anni, to be in one's teens; poteva essere tra i quaranta e i cinquant'anni, he could have been any age between forty and fifty; ''Quanti anni hai?'' ''Ho vent'anni'', ''How old are you?'' ''I am twenty (years old)''; avere poco più di trent'anni, to be in one's early thirties; essere nel tredicesimo anno, to be in one's thirteenth year; un bambino di sette anni, a child of seven (o a seven-year-old child).
    * * *
    ['anno]
    1. sm
    1) year

    anno per o dopo anno — year after year

    sono anni che non ti vedo — it's been ages since I last saw you, I haven't seen you for ages o years

    correva l'anno di grazia... — it was in the year of grace...

    gli anni di piombo — the Seventies in Italy, a time of terrorist outrages

    2)

    (età) quanti anni hai? — ho 40 anni — how old are you? — I'm 40

    2.
    * * *
    ['anno] 1.
    sostantivo maschile

    l'anno corrente o in corso the current year; quest'anno this year; l'anno prossimo o venturo next year; l'anno scorso o passato last year; di anno in anno year by year; due -i fa two years ago; da qui a un anno between now and next year; nel corso degli -i over the years; nel corso dell'anno during the year; tutto l'anno all (the) year round; nell'anno di grazia 1604 in the year of our Lord 1604; guadagnare 20.000 sterline l'anno to earn Ј 20,000 a year; il primo, l'ultimo dell'anno New Year's (Day), New Year's Eve; buon anno! felice anno nuovo! — Happy New Year!

    "quanti -i hai?" - "ho vent'-i" — "how old are you?" - "I'm twenty years old"

    un ragazzo di sedici -i — a sixteen-year(-old) boy, a boy of sixteen

    essere avanti o in là negli -i to be advanced in years; portare bene gli -i to look good for one's age; sentire il peso degli -i to feel one's age; migliorare con gli -i — to improve with age

    3) scol. univ.

    studente del primo anno — first year student, fresher BE, freshman AE

    2.
    sostantivo maschile plurale anni (epoca)

    anno finanziario — fiscal o financial BE year

    anno solare — solar o calendar year

    * * *
    anno
    /'anno/ ⇒ 19, 8
    I sostantivo m.
     1 (periodo di 12 mesi) year; l'anno corrente o in corso the current year; quest'anno this year; l'anno prossimo o venturo next year; l'anno scorso o passato last year; di anno in anno year by year; due -i fa two years ago; da qui a un anno between now and next year; nel corso degli -i over the years; nel corso dell'anno during the year; tutto l'anno all (the) year round; nell'anno di grazia 1604 in the year of our Lord 1604; guadagnare 20.000 sterline l'anno to earn £ 20,000 a year; il primo, l'ultimo dell'anno New Year's (Day), New Year's Eve; buon anno! felice anno nuovo! Happy New Year!
     2 (di età) "quanti -i hai?" - "ho vent'-i" "how old are you?" - "I'm twenty years old"; un ragazzo di sedici -i a sixteen-year(-old) boy, a boy of sixteen; essere avanti o in là negli -i to be advanced in years; portare bene gli -i to look good for one's age; sentire il peso degli -i to feel one's age; migliorare con gli -i to improve with age
     3 scol. univ. essere all'ultimo anno (della scuola elementare) to be in the top class (at primary school); studente del primo anno first year student, fresher BE, freshman AE
    II anni m.pl.
      (epoca) gli -i '80 the eighties
    anno accademico academic year; anno bisestile leap year; anno civile calendar year; anno finanziario fiscal o financial BE year; anno giudiziario legal year; anno liturgico ecclesiastical year; anno luce light year; anno santo Holy Year; anno scolastico school year; anno solare solar o calendar year.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > anno

  • 65 FOOL

    • Arguing with a fool shows there are two - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)
    • As the fool thinks, so the bell clinks - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)
    • Children and fools speak (tell) the truth - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)
    • Dreams give wings to fools - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)
    • Drunken man will get sober, but a fool will never get wise (A) - Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)
    • Drunks sober up, fools remain fools - Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)
    • Even a fool, when he holds his peace, is counted wise - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)
    • Every fool wants to give advice - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)
    • Fool always finds a bigger fool to praise him (A) - Дурак дурака хвалит (Д)
    • Fool always finds another fool (А) - Дураку всегда компания найдется (Д)
    • Fool and his gold are soon parted (A) - У дурака в горсти дыра (У)
    • Fool can ask more questions in a minute than a wise man can answer in an hour (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)
    • Fool can ask more questions in an hour than a wise man can answer in seven years (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)
    • Fool can ask questions that wise men cannot answer (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)
    • Fool doth think he is wise, but the wise man knows himself to be a fool (The) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)
    • Fool is he who deals with a fool - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)
    • Fool is he who deals with other fools (A) - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)
    • Fool may ask more questions /in an hour/ than a wise man can answer /in seven years/ (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)
    • Fools and bairns should not see half - done work (things half - done) - Дуракам полработы не показывают (Д)
    • Fools and children cannot lie - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)
    • Fools and children speak (tell) the truth - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)
    • Fools and madmen speak the truth - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)
    • Fools are fain of nothing - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)
    • Fools are lucky - Дуракам везет (Д)
    • Fool's bolt is soon shot (A) - Дурак сам скажется (Д)
    • Fools build houses and wise men buy them - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)
    • Fools build houses for wise men to live in - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)
    • Fools cannot hold their tongues - У дурака язык впереди ног бежит (У)
    • Fools do more hurt in this world than rascals (The) - Простота хуже воровства (П)
    • Fools for luck - Дуракам везет (Д)
    • Fools grow of themselves without sowing or planting - Дураков не сеют, не жнут - сами родятся (Д)
    • Fools lade the water, and wise men catch the fish - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)
    • Fools live poor to die rich - Шуба висит, а тело дрожит (Ш)
    • Fools multiply folly - Глупость заразительна (Г)
    • Fool's name appears everywhere (is seen in many places) (A) - Глупый ищет большого места (Г)
    • Fools' names and fools' faces are always seen in public places - Глупый ищет большого места (Г)
    • Fools need no passport - Дурак сам скажется (Д)
    • Fools rush in where angels fear to tread - Дуракам закон не писан (Д)
    • Fool's tongue runs before his wit (A) - У дурака язык впереди ног бежит (У)
    • Fool talks when he should be listening (A) - Дурак времени не знает (Д)
    • Fool talks while a wise man thinks (A) - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г)
    • Fool when he is silent is counted wise (A) - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)
    • God sends fortune to fools - Дуракам везет (Д)
    • Half a fool, half a knave - Дурак-дурак, а себе на уме (K)
    • He is not the fool that the fool is but he that with the fool deals - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)
    • He who is born a fool is never cured - Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д)
    • If all fools wore feathers, we should seem a flock of geese - Дуракам счету нет (Д)
    • If all fools wore white caps, we'd all look like (we should seem a flock of) geese - Дуракам счету нет (Д), На наш век дураков хватит (H)
    • If every fool held a bauble, fuel would be dear - Дуракам счету нет (Д)
    • If you argue with a fool, that makes two fools arguing - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)
    • If you want the truth, go to a child or a fool - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)
    • It takes a fool to know a fool - Рыбак рыбака видит издалека (P)
    • Let a fool hold his tongue, and he can pass for a sage - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)
    • Never joke with a fool - С дураками не шутят (C)
    • Never show a fool half - done job - Дуракам полработы не показывают (Д)
    • No man is always a fool, but every man is sometimes - И на старуху бывает проруха (И)
    • Older the fool, the worse he is (The) - Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)
    • Old fool is worse than a young fool (An) - Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)
    • One fool makes a hundred (many) - Глупость заразительна (Г)
    • One fool praises another - Дурак дурака хвалит (Д)
    • Send a fool to France and he'll come a fool back - Ворона за море летала, а умнее не стала (B)
    • Wise men have their mouth in their heart, fools their heart in their mouth - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г), Дурак кричит, умный молчит (Д)
    • Wise seek wisdom; the fool has found it (The) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)
    • You can fool an old horse once, but you can't fool him twice - Старую лису дважды не проведешь (C)

    Русско-английский словарь пословиц и поговорок > FOOL

  • 66 Owen, Robert

    SUBJECT AREA: Textiles
    [br]
    b. 14 May 1771 Newtown, Montgomeryshire, Wales
    d. 17 November 1858 Newtown, Montgomeryshire, Wales
    [br]
    Welsh cotton spinner and social reformer.
    [br]
    Robert Owen's father was also called Robert and was a saddler, ironmonger and postmaster of Newtown in Montgomeryshire. Robert, the younger, injured his digestion as a child by drinking some scalding hot "flummery", which affected him for the rest of his life. He developed a passion for reading and through this visited London when he was 10 years old. He started work as a pedlar for someone in Stamford and then went to a haberdasher's shop on old London Bridge in London. Although he found the work there too hard, he stayed in the same type of employment when he moved to Manchester.
    In Manchester Owen soon set up a partnership for making bonnet frames, employing forty workers, but he sold the business and bought a spinning machine. This led him in 1790 into another partnership, with James M'Connel and John Kennedy in a spinning mill, but he moved once again to become Manager of Peter Drink-water's mill. These were all involved in fine spinning, and Drinkwater employed 500 people in one of the best mills in the city. In spite of his youth, Owen claims in his autobiography (1857) that he mastered the job within six weeks and soon improved the spinning. This mill was one of the first to use Sea Island cotton from the West Indies. To have managed such an enterprise so well Owen must have had both managerial and technical ability. Through his spinning connections Owen visited Glasgow, where he met both David Dale and his daughter Anne Caroline, whom he married in 1799. It was this connection which brought him to Dale's New Lanark mills, which he persuaded Dale to sell to a Manchester consortium for £60,000. Owen took over the management of the mills on 1 January 1800. Although he had tried to carry out social reforms in the manner of working at Manchester, it was at New Lanark that Owen acquired fame for the way in which he improved both working and living conditions for the 1,500-strong workforce. He started by seeing that adequate food and groceries were available in that remote site and then built both the school and the New Institution for the Formation of Character, which opened in January 1816. To the pauper children from the Glasgow and Edinburgh slums he gave a good education, while he tried to help the rest of the workforce through activities at the Institution. The "silent monitors" hanging on the textile machines, showing the performance of their operatives, are famous, and many came to see his social experiments. Owen was soon to buy out his original partners for £84,000.
    Among his social reforms were his efforts to limit child labour in mills, resulting in the Factory Act of 1819. He attempted to establish an ideal community in the USA, to which he sailed in 1824. He was to return to his village of "Harmony" twice more, but broke his connection in 1828. The following year he finally withdrew from New Lanark, where some of his social reforms had been abandoned.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    1857, The Life of Robert Owen, Written by Himself, London.
    Further Reading
    G.D.H.Cole, 1965, Life of Robert Owen (biography).
    J.Butt (ed.), 1971, Robert Owen, Prince of Cotton Spinners, Newton Abbot; S.Pollard and J.Salt (eds), 1971, Robert Owen, Prophet of the Poor. Essays in Honour of the
    Two-Hundredth Anniversary of His Birth, London (both describe Owen's work at New Lanark).
    RLH

    Biographical history of technology > Owen, Robert

  • 67 acumular

    v.
    to accumulate.
    le gusta acumular recuerdos de sus viajes she likes collecting souvenirs of her trips
    María acumula sus cosas viejas Mary accumulates her old stuff.
    María acumula tiquetes Mary accumulates=collects tickets.
    * * *
    1 to accumulate (datos) to gather; (dinero) to amass
    1 to accumulate, pile up, build up
    2 (gente) to gather
    * * *
    verb
    to accumulate, amass, gather
    * * *
    1.
    VT [+ posesiones] to accumulate; [+ datos] to amass, gather
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <riquezas/poder> to accumulate; < experiencia> to gain
    2.
    acumularse v pron trabajo to pile up, mount up; intereses to accumulate; deudas to mount up
    * * *
    = accumulate, cumulate, heap, amass, pile, build up, mount, hoard, stockpile, stash, rack up, pile up, store up, cache, tot up, tote up.
    Ex. Bureaux can be useful for proving trials, and the deferment of commitments until a suitable size of data base has been accumulated in the computer system.
    Ex. Publish changes as they are accepted, in a periodical publication, cumulating these in a new edition of all or parts of the schedules, as suitable.
    Ex. It is true that assignments were being heaped upon him with immense rapidity, but he would be able to sort them out and contrive solutions.
    Ex. Many libraries amass a considerable amount of community literature, some of which is kept on permanent display.
    Ex. The first thing I did was pile them one on another and then sit on them while I looked at my other presents.
    Ex. A small committee of librarians, whenever they could spare time from their existing jobs and in their own time, began to build up a card file of information on available resources in the city.
    Ex. Finally, the scores of amendments, which had been issued to change rules or clarify their meaning, had mounted to the point where catalogers copies of the AACR were seriously out-of-date, if they were not bulging with tip-ins.
    Ex. What one might call 'fetishistic bibliomania' is a disease -- and few serious book-readers, let alone librarians, are free from a squirrel-like proclivity to hoard books.
    Ex. This type of dairies are generally interested in stockpiling annual ryegrass as a source of high-quality winter forage.
    Ex. When I went to the little boys/girls room to relieve myself I was suprised to see the amount of loo rolls stashed in the corner.
    Ex. How many honorary doctorates has the Judge racked up since then?.
    Ex. As the bills piled up and the little money she had dried up, friends and neighbors began to worry that she didn't have a prayer.
    Ex. Large volumes of water can be stored up for irrigation by erecting an earthen or masonry dam across the lower part of the vally of a river or stream.
    Ex. Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.
    Ex. Babies cry for an average of five hours a day for the first three months and tot up 51 days in their first year, according to survey.
    Ex. When you tote up the carbon emissions caused by clearing land to grow corn, fertilizing it and transporting it, corn ethanol leaves twice the carbon footprint as gasoline.
    ----
    * acumular atrasos = build up + backlogs.
    * acumular demasiado estock = overstock.
    * acumular experiencia = garner + experience.
    * acumular polvo = gather + dust, collect + dust.
    * acumular problemas = build up + problems.
    * acumular reservas = stockpile.
    * acumularse = accrue.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <riquezas/poder> to accumulate; < experiencia> to gain
    2.
    acumularse v pron trabajo to pile up, mount up; intereses to accumulate; deudas to mount up
    * * *
    = accumulate, cumulate, heap, amass, pile, build up, mount, hoard, stockpile, stash, rack up, pile up, store up, cache, tot up, tote up.

    Ex: Bureaux can be useful for proving trials, and the deferment of commitments until a suitable size of data base has been accumulated in the computer system.

    Ex: Publish changes as they are accepted, in a periodical publication, cumulating these in a new edition of all or parts of the schedules, as suitable.
    Ex: It is true that assignments were being heaped upon him with immense rapidity, but he would be able to sort them out and contrive solutions.
    Ex: Many libraries amass a considerable amount of community literature, some of which is kept on permanent display.
    Ex: The first thing I did was pile them one on another and then sit on them while I looked at my other presents.
    Ex: A small committee of librarians, whenever they could spare time from their existing jobs and in their own time, began to build up a card file of information on available resources in the city.
    Ex: Finally, the scores of amendments, which had been issued to change rules or clarify their meaning, had mounted to the point where catalogers copies of the AACR were seriously out-of-date, if they were not bulging with tip-ins.
    Ex: What one might call 'fetishistic bibliomania' is a disease -- and few serious book-readers, let alone librarians, are free from a squirrel-like proclivity to hoard books.
    Ex: This type of dairies are generally interested in stockpiling annual ryegrass as a source of high-quality winter forage.
    Ex: When I went to the little boys/girls room to relieve myself I was suprised to see the amount of loo rolls stashed in the corner.
    Ex: How many honorary doctorates has the Judge racked up since then?.
    Ex: As the bills piled up and the little money she had dried up, friends and neighbors began to worry that she didn't have a prayer.
    Ex: Large volumes of water can be stored up for irrigation by erecting an earthen or masonry dam across the lower part of the vally of a river or stream.
    Ex: Previous studies in which squirrels were provisioned with an abundant supply of food found a reduction in the rate of caching.
    Ex: Babies cry for an average of five hours a day for the first three months and tot up 51 days in their first year, according to survey.
    Ex: When you tote up the carbon emissions caused by clearing land to grow corn, fertilizing it and transporting it, corn ethanol leaves twice the carbon footprint as gasoline.
    * acumular atrasos = build up + backlogs.
    * acumular demasiado estock = overstock.
    * acumular experiencia = garner + experience.
    * acumular polvo = gather + dust, collect + dust.
    * acumular problemas = build up + problems.
    * acumular reservas = stockpile.
    * acumularse = accrue.

    * * *
    acumular [A1 ]
    vt
    ‹riquezas/poder› to accumulate, amass; ‹experiencia› to gain
    to accumulate
    se acumula mucho polvo aquí a lot of dust accumulates o gathers here
    los intereses se van acumulando the interest is accumulating o ( frml) accruing, the interest is piling up ( colloq)
    el trabajo se iba acumulando work was piling o mounting up
    * * *

     

    acumular ( conjugate acumular) verbo transitivo ‹riquezas/poder› to accumulate;
    ‹ experiencia› to gain
    acumularse verbo pronominal [ trabajo] to pile up, mount up;
    [ intereses] to accumulate;
    [ deudas] to mount up;
    [ polvo] to accumulate
    acumular verbo transitivo to accumulate
    ' acumular' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    perecedera
    - perecedero
    English:
    accumulate
    - amass
    - build up
    - collect
    - gather
    - hoard
    - pile up
    - run up
    - stockpile
    - store
    - store up
    - accrue
    - build
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    to accumulate;
    le gusta acumular recuerdos de sus viajes she likes collecting souvenirs of her trips;
    el tren fue acumulando retrasos en las diferentes paradas the train got further and further delayed at every stop
    * * *
    v/t accumulate
    * * *
    : to accumulate, to amass
    * * *
    acumular vb to accumulate

    Spanish-English dictionary > acumular

  • 68 сметка

    1. account
    водя сметка keep accounts (за of)
    текуща/чекова сметка a current account, an account current (съкр. a/c)
    открита сметкафин. cash credit
    на стопанска сметка self-supporting; on a self-supporting basis
    по сметка on account; as a payment (against)
    на/за негова сметка at his expense; on his account
    според неговата сметка according to his reckoning/calculations
    минавам по сметка place to the credit (of); credit s.o.'s account with
    оправям сметките си с някого settle/square accounts with s.o. (и прен.)
    плащам сметка pay a bill, разг. foot a bill
    давам сметка give/render an account (на to, за of) (и прен.), по моя сметка by my reckoning
    обърквам си сметката/сметките make a mess of o.'s accounts; be in embarrassed circumstances
    не ми излизат сметките the accounts don't balance, the account books won't add up
    чисти/добри сметки accurate/square accounts
    добри/чисти сметки, добри приятели short reckonings make long friends
    2. (изгода) profit, interest, advantage
    той няма сметка в/от това he has nothing to gain by this; it is not to/in his interest
    зная си сметката know o.'s in-terest(s), разг. know on which side o.'s bread is buttered
    каква ти е сметката от това? what do you get out of it? what do you stand to gain by it?
    много на сметка very cheaply, разг. cheap; for a song
    покупка на сметка a good buy. a bargain
    има сметка да it pays to
    в крайна/последна сметка in the long run; in the last/final reckoning, in the final analysis, all things considered; ultimately
    на нова сметка again, anew, once again, all over again
    имам да уреждам/разчиствам сметки с разг. have a bone to pick with s.o.
    това не ми влиза в сметката I didn't bargain for that
    правя (си) сметка да be thinking of (с ger.)
    mean, intend (to с inf.)
    прави му сметка! watch out, look out for yourself
    давам си сметка за realize, be aware of
    давам си ясна сметка за be fully aware of
    държа/диря/търся/искам някому сметка hold s.o. responsible (за for); call s.o. to account
    bring s.o. to book, разг. keep tabs on s.o.
    държа сметка за bear in mind, consider, take account of, take into account
    не държа сметка за disregard, not care about
    не държа сметка за думите not mind what one is saying
    3. be pedantic/overparticular in o.'s accounts
    4. (кроя планове в своя полза) разг. have an eye on the main chance
    зная си сметка та be thrifty/frugal
    със сметка sparingly, economically
    живея без сметка live lavishly, throw o.'s money about
    правя си погрешно/криво сметките разг, bring o.'s eggs/pigs/goods to the wrong market
    правя си сметката без кръчмаря reckon without o.'s host
    виждам сметката на make short work of
    виждам сметката на някого разг. fix s.o., settle s.o.'s hash
    за сметка на at the expense of
    то си е за твоя сметка so much the worse for you, разг. it's your funeral, за сметка на това пък in return for it; to compensate; on the other hand; but
    изключвам от сметката exclude, count (s.o., s.th.) out
    брак по сметка marriage of convenience
    * * *
    смѐтка,
    ж., -и 1. account; ( изчисление) calculation; (за плащане) bill, (в заведение) score; разг. tab; влогова \сметкаа deposit account; водя \сметкаа keep accounts (за of); временна \сметкаа suspense account; вътрешна стопанска \сметкаа self-accounting; давам \сметкаа give/render an account (на to, за for) (и прен.); задължение по \сметкаа account payable; каква е \сметкаата? шег. what’s the damage? минавам по \сметкаа place to the credit (of); credit s.o.’s account with; на/за негова \сметкаа at his expense; on his account; на стопанска \сметкаа self-supporting; on a self-supporting basis; не ми излизат \сметкаите the accounts don’t balance, the account books won’t add up; оправям \сметкаите си с някого settle/square accounts with s.o. (и прен.); откривам \сметкаа open an account; открита \сметкаа фин. cash credit; плащам \сметкаа pay a bill, разг. foot a bill; по \сметкаа on account; as a payment (against); разпределителна \сметкаа appropriation account; \сметкаа за печалбите и загубите profit and loss account; \сметкаа за постъпленията и плащанията receipts and payments account; според неговата \сметкаа according to his reckoning/calculations; текуща/чекова \сметкаа current account, account current, съкр. a/c; това не влиза в \сметкаата that is not included (in the bill); чисти/добри \сметкаи accurate/square accounts; ще си оправя с него \сметкаите някой ден I shall be quits with him some day;
    2. ( изгода) profit, interest, advantage; в него няма \сметкаа it does not pay; зная си \сметкаата know o.’s interest(s), разг. know on which side o.’s bread is buttered; има \сметкаа да it pays to; много на \сметкаа very cheaply, разг. cheap; for a song; на \сметкаа (за купуване) cheaply, on the cheap; покупка на \сметкаа a good buy, a bargain; • брак по \сметкаа marriage of convenience; в крайна/последна \сметкаа in the long run; in the last/final reckoning, in the final analysis, all things considered; ultimately; виждам \сметкаата на make short work of; виждам \сметкаата на някого разг. fix s.o., settle s.o.’s hash; добри/чисти \сметкаи, добри приятели short reckonings make long friends; държа/диря/търся/искам някому \сметкаа hold s.o. responsible (за for); call s.o. to account; bring s.o. to book, разг. keep tabs on s.o.; държа \сметкаа за bear in mind, consider, take account of, take into account; за \сметкаа на at the expense of; зная си \сметкаата be thrifty/frugal; имам да уреждам/разчиствам \сметкаи с разг. have a bone to pick with s.o.; на нова \сметкаа again, anew, once again, all over again, разг. back to the drawing board; не държа \сметкаа за disregard, not care about; обърквам някому \сметкаите upset s.o.’s plans/applecart; правя си погрешно/криво \сметкаите разг. bring o.’s eggs/pigs/goods to the wrong market; правя си \сметкаата без кръчмаря reckon without o.’s host; правя тънки \сметкаи:
    1. be pedantic/overparticular in o.’s accounts;
    2. ( кроя планове в своя полза) разг. have an eye on the main chance; то си е за твоя \сметкаа so much the worse for you, разг. it’s your funeral.
    * * *
    account: open a bank сметка - откривам си банкова сметка, budget сметка - разплащателна сметка, square сметкаs - чисти сметки, call s.o. to сметка - искам сметка на някого; bill (за плащане); calculation (изчисление); computation: You will travel at the company's сметка. - Ще пътувате за сметка на фирмата.; score (в кръчма); profit (изгода); interest (интерес)
    * * *
    1. (за плащане) bill, (в кръчма) score 2. (изгода) profit, interest, advantage 3. (изчисление) calculation 4. 3) be pedantic/overparticular in o.'s accounts 5. 4) (кроя планове в своя полза) разг. have an eye on the main chance 6. account 7. bring s.o. to bоok, разг. keep tabs on s.o. 8. mean, intend (to с inf.) 9. брак пo СМЕТКА marriage of convenience 10. в крайна/ последна СМЕТКА in the long run;in the last/final reckoning, in the final analysis, all things considered;ultimately 11. в него няма СМЕТКА it does not pay 12. виждам СМЕТКАта на make short work of 13. виждам СМЕТКАта на някого разг. fix s.o., settle s.o.'s hash 14. водя СМЕТКА keep accounts (за of) 15. вътрешна стопанска СМЕТКА self-accounting 16. давам СМЕТКА give/render an account (на to, за of) (u прен.), пo моя СМЕТКА by my reckoning 17. давам си СМЕТКА за realize, be aware of 18. давам си ясна СМЕТКА за be fully aware of 19. добри/чисти сметки, добри приятели short reckonings make long friends 20. държа СМЕТКА за bear in mind, consider, take account of, take into account 21. държа/диря/търся/искам някому СМЕТКА hold s.o. responsible (за for);call s.o. to account 22. живея без СМЕТКА live lavishly, throw o.'s money about 23. за СМЕТКА на at the expense of 24. за това трябва да се държи СМЕТКА this is/has to be reckoned with 25. зная си СМЕТКА та be thrifty/frugal 26. зная си СМЕТКАта know o.'s in-terest(s), разг. know on which side o.'s bread is buttered 27. изключвам от СМЕТКАта exclude, count (s.o., s.th.) out 28. има СМЕТКА да it pays to 29. имам да уреждам/разчиствам сметки с разг. have a bone to pick with s.o. 30. имам стари сметки с някого have old scores (to settle) with s.o. 31. каква ти е СМЕТКАта от това? what do you get out of it?what do you stand to gain by it? 32. минавам no СМЕТКА place to the credit (of);credit s.o.'s account with 33. много на СМЕТКА very cheaply, разг. cheap;for a song 34. на СМЕТКА (за купуване) cheaply, on the cheap 35. на нова СМЕТКА again, anew, once again, all over again 36. на стопанска СМЕТКА self-supporting;on a self-supporting basis 37. на/за негова СМЕТКА at his expense;on his account 38. направи си добра СМЕТКА think twice 39. не държа СМЕТКА за disregard, not care about 40. не държа СМЕТКА за думите not mind what one is saying 41. не ми излизат сметките the accounts don't balance, the account books won't add up 42. него вземай за своя СМЕТКА this is not aimed at you 43. обърквам някому сметките upset s.o.'s plans/applecart 44. обърквам си СМЕТКАта/сметките make a mess of o.'s accounts;be in embarrassed circumstances 45. оправям сметките си с някого settle/square accounts with s.o. (и прен.) 46. откривам СМЕТКА open an account 47. открита СМЕТКАфин. cash credit 48. пo СМЕТКА on account;as a payment (against) 49. плащам СМЕТКА pay a bill, разг. foot a bill 50. покупка на СМЕТКА a good buy. a bargain 51. прави му СМЕТКА! watch out, look out for yourself 52. правя (си) СМЕТКА да be thinking of (с ger.) 53. правя си СМЕТКАта без кръчмаря reckon without o.'s host 54. правя си погрешно/криво сметките разг, bring o.'s eggs/pigs/goods to the wrong market 55. правя тънки сметки 56. според неговата СМЕТКА according to his reckoning/calculations 57. със СМЕТКА sparingly, economically 58. текуща/чекова СМЕТКА а current account, an account current (ськр. а/с) 59. то си е за твоя СМЕТКА so much the worse for you, разг. it's your funeral, за СМЕТКА на това пък in return for it;to compensate;on the other hand;but 60. това не влиза в СМЕТКА та that is not included (in the bill) 61. това не ми влиза в СМЕТКАта I didn't bargain for that 62. той няма СМЕТКА в/от това he has nothing to gain by this;it is not to/in his interest 63. чисти/добри сметки accurate/ square accounts

    Български-английски речник > сметка

  • 69 soñar

    m.
    sonar (Nautical).
    El sonar detectó un submarino The sonar detected a submarine.
    v.
    1 to sound, to make a sound, to sound off.
    La música suena bien The music sounds good.
    El timbre suena sin parar The doorbell rings endlessly.
    2 to sound.
    La música suena bien The music sounds good.
    3 to ring.
    4 to peal, to clang.
    5 to break down completely, to break down.
    La máquina sonó The machine broke down completely.
    6 to ring a bell on.
    Ese asunto me suena That thing rings a bell on me.
    7 to clobber, to bludgeon, to thump, to bemaul.
    Lo sonó He clobbered him.
    8 to beat, to defeat, to vanquish, to thrash.
    * * *
    1 MARÍTIMO sonar
    ————————
    1 (hacer ruido) to sound
    2 (timbre, teléfono, etc) to ring
    3 (alarma, reloj) to go off
    4 (instrumento) to play
    5 (letra) to be pronounced
    6 (mencionarse) to be mentioned
    7 (tener apariencia) to look (a, like), sound (a, like), seem (a, like)
    1 (conocer vagamente) to sound familiar, ring a bell
    2 (nariz) to blow
    3 (timbre etc) to ring; (bocina) to blow, sound; (instrumento) to play
    1 (nariz) to blow
    \
    tal y como suena literally, just as I'm telling you
    * * *
    verb
    2) ring
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) (=producir sonido)
    a) [campana, teléfono, timbre] to ring; [aparato electrónico] to beep, bleep

    hacer sonar — [+ alarma, sirena] to sound; [+ campanilla, timbre] to ring; [+ trompeta, flauta] to play

    haz sonar el claxon — blow o beep the horn

    b) [alarma, sirena] to go off
    c) [máquina, aparato] to make a noise; [música] to play

    ¡cómo suena este frigorífico! — what a noise this fridge makes!

    flauta, río
    2) (Ling) [fonema, letra] to be pronounced; [frase, palabra] to sound

    la h de "hombre" no suena — the h in "hombre" is not pronounced o is silent

    3) (=parecer por el sonido) to sound

    • sonar a — to sound like

    le dijo que se fuera, así como suena — he told him to go, just like that

    se llama Anastasio, así como suena — he's called Anastasio, believe it or not

    - me suena a chino
    4) (=ser conocido) to sound familiar, ring a bell *

    ¿no te suena el nombre? — isn't the name familiar?, doesn't the name sound familiar o ring a bell?

    5) (=mencionarse)
    6) And, Cono Sur * (=fracasar) to come to grief *
    7) Cono Sur * (=morirse) to kick the bucket *, peg out *
    8) Cono Sur * (=estropearse) to pack up *
    9)

    hacer sonar — Cono Sur * [gen] to wreck; [+ dinero] to blow *

    10)

    hacer sonar a algn — Cono Sur * (=derrotar) to thrash sb *; (=castigar) to do sb **; (=suspender) to fail, flunk (EEUU) *

    2. VT
    1) (=hacer sonar) [+ campanilla] to ring; [+ trompeta] to play; [+ alarma, sirena] to sound
    2)
    3) Méx, Ven * (=pegar) to clobber *
    4) Méx, Ven * (=ganar) to thrash *
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) teléfono/timbre to ring; disparo to ring out

    cómo me suenan las tripas! — (fam) my tummy's rumbling (colloq)

    2) (+ compl)
    a) motor/instrumento to sound; persona to sound

    suena a hueco/a metal — it sounds hollow/metallic o like metal

    b) palabra/expresión to sound

    (así) como suena — just like that, as simple as that

    3)
    a) ( resultar conocido) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me suena tu cara — your face is o looks familiar

    ¿de qué me suena ese nombre? — where do I know that name from?

    ¿te suena este refrán? — does this proverb ring a bell (with you) o sound familiar to you?

    b) ( parecer)
    4)
    a) (AmL fam) ( fracasar)

    soné en el examen — I blew the exam (colloq), I blew it in the exam (colloq)

    sonamos — we've had it now, we've blown it now (colloq)

    b) (CS fam) (descomponerse, estropearse) to pack up (colloq)
    c) (CS fam) ( morirse) to kick the bucket (colloq)
    2.
    sonar vt
    1)
    a) (+ me/te/le etc) < nariz> to wipe

    suénale la nariz — wipe her nose for her, will you?

    b) < trompeta> to play
    2) (Méx fam)
    a) ( pegar) < persona> to thump (colloq), to clobber (colloq)
    b) ( en competición) to beat, thrash (colloq)
    3.
    sonarse v pron: tb
    II
    masculino sonar
    * * *
    = dream.
    Ex. This has brought us nearer to UBC than anyone would have dreamed possible thirty years ago.
    ----
    * soñar despierto = daydream.
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) teléfono/timbre to ring; disparo to ring out

    cómo me suenan las tripas! — (fam) my tummy's rumbling (colloq)

    2) (+ compl)
    a) motor/instrumento to sound; persona to sound

    suena a hueco/a metal — it sounds hollow/metallic o like metal

    b) palabra/expresión to sound

    (así) como suena — just like that, as simple as that

    3)
    a) ( resultar conocido) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me suena tu cara — your face is o looks familiar

    ¿de qué me suena ese nombre? — where do I know that name from?

    ¿te suena este refrán? — does this proverb ring a bell (with you) o sound familiar to you?

    b) ( parecer)
    4)
    a) (AmL fam) ( fracasar)

    soné en el examen — I blew the exam (colloq), I blew it in the exam (colloq)

    sonamos — we've had it now, we've blown it now (colloq)

    b) (CS fam) (descomponerse, estropearse) to pack up (colloq)
    c) (CS fam) ( morirse) to kick the bucket (colloq)
    2.
    sonar vt
    1)
    a) (+ me/te/le etc) < nariz> to wipe

    suénale la nariz — wipe her nose for her, will you?

    b) < trompeta> to play
    2) (Méx fam)
    a) ( pegar) < persona> to thump (colloq), to clobber (colloq)
    b) ( en competición) to beat, thrash (colloq)
    3.
    sonarse v pron: tb
    II
    masculino sonar
    * * *
    sonar1
    1 = beep, sound, go off, chime.

    Ex: If neither crossreferences or documents are associated with the entry, the terminal beeps and a message is displayed.

    Ex: Leforte could usually identify those footsteps easily; but today they sounded less forceful and deliberate.
    Ex: The particular issue has to do with pagers and cell phones going off in a public library and the need for a policy to control the situation.
    Ex: The delay seems even longer with the second doorbell that I have set to chime once, as opposed to the front doorbell which chimes twice.
    * alarma + sonar = alarm + go off.
    * campana + sonar = bell + ring.
    * cuando el río suena, agua lleva = there's no smoke without fire, where there's smoke there's fire.
    * despertador + sonar = alarm + go off, alarm clock + go off.
    * dinero contante y sonante = readies, the ready.
    * hacer sonar una alarma = sound + alarm.
    * hacer sonar un cascabel = jingle.
    * hacer sonar un clic = click.
    * que suena = ringing.
    * sonar a = smack of.
    * sonar conocido = ring + a bell.
    * sonar el teléfono = telephone + ring.
    * sonar falso = have + a hollow ring.
    * sonarse = blow + Posesivo + nose.
    * sonarse la nariz = blow + Posesivo + nose.
    * sonarse los mocos = blow + Posesivo + nose.
    * sonar un cascabel = jingle.

    * * *
    sonar1 [ A10 ]
    vi
    A
    1 «teléfono/timbre» to ring
    la alarma estuvo sonando toda la noche the alarm was ringing all night
    el despertador sonó a las cinco the alarm went off at five o'clock
    sonó un disparo there was a shot, a shot rang out, I/you/he heard a shot
    cuando suena la sirena when the siren goes, when you hear the siren
    sonaron las doce en el reloj del Ayuntamiento the Town Hall clock struck twelve
    ¡cómo me suenan las tripas! ( fam); my tummy's rumbling ( colloq)
    2
    «letra»: la `e' final no suena you don't pronounce the final `e', the final `e' is not pronounced o is silent
    B (+ compl)
    1 «motor/instrumento» to sound; «persona» to sound
    suena raro it sounds funny
    sonaba preocupada she sounded worried
    suena a hueco/a metal it sounds hollow/metallic o like metal
    2 «palabra/expresión» to sound
    se escribe como suena it's spelled as it sounds
    me suena fatal it sounds awful to me
    ¿te suena bien esto? does this sound all right to you?
    (así) como suena just like that, as simple as that
    me dijo que me largara, así como suena she told me to get out, just like that o as simple as that
    C
    1 (resultar conocido) (+ me/te/le etc):
    me suena tu cara I know your face from somewhere, your face is o looks familiar
    ¿de qué me suena ese nombre/esa canción? where do I know that name from/that song from?
    me suena haberlo oído antes it rings a bell o it sounds familiar
    ¿te suena este refrán? does this proverb ring a bell (with you) o sound familiar to you?, have you heard this proverb before?, do you know this proverb?
    2 (parecer) sonar A algo to sound like sth
    me suena a una de sus invenciones it sounds to me like one of his stories
    D
    (mencionarse): su nombre suena mucho en el mundo de la moda his name is on everybody's lips o everybody's talking about him, in the fashion world
    sé discreto, que mi nombre no suena para nada be discreet, I want my name kept out of this o I don't want my name mentioned
    E
    1
    ( AmL fam) (fracasar): soné en el examen I blew the exam ( colloq), I blew it in the exam ( colloq)
    sonamos, se largó a llover now we've had it o now we're in trouble, it's started to rain ( colloq)
    estamos sonados, perdimos el tren we've had it now o we've blown it now, we've missed the train ( colloq)
    2 (CS fam) (descomponerse, estropearse) to pack up ( colloq)
    3 (CS fam) (morirse) to kick the bucket ( colloq), to croak (sl)
    ■ sonar
    vt
    A
    1 (+ me/te/le etc) ‹nariz› to wipe
    suénale la nariz wipe her nose for her, will you?
    2 ‹trompeta› to play
    B (CS fam) ‹alumno› to fail, flunk ( AmE)
    C ( Méx fam)
    1 (pegar) ‹persona› to thump ( colloq), to clobber ( colloq)
    2 (en una competición) ‹persona/equipo› to beat, thrash ( colloq)
    tb sonarse la nariz to blow one's nose
    sonar
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    sonar    
    soñar
    sonar ( conjugate sonar) verbo intransitivo
    1 [teléfono/timbre] to ring;
    [ disparo] to ring out;

    soñaron las doce en el reloj the clock struck twelve;
    me suenan las tripas (fam) my tummy's rumbling (colloq)
    2 (+ compl)
    a) [motor/instrumento] to sound;

    [ persona] to sound;

    sonaba preocupada she sounded worried;
    suena a hueco it sounds hollow
    b) [palabra/expresión] to sound

    3
    a) ( resultar conocido) (+ me/te/le etc):

    ◊ me suena tu cara your face is o looks familiar;

    ¿te suena este refrán? does this proverb ring a bell (with you) o sound familiar to you?
    b) ( parecer) soñar A algo to sound like sth

    4 (AmL fam) ( fracasar):

    sonamos we've blown it now (colloq)
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (+ me/te/le etc) ‹ nariz› to wipe

    b) ‹ trompeta› to play

    2 (Méx fam)
    a) ( pegar) ‹ persona› to thump (colloq), to clobber (colloq)


    sonarse verbo pronominal: tb

    soñar ( conjugate soñar) verbo transitivo


    ◊ la casa soñada her/his/their dream house

    verbo intransitivo

    soñar con algo/algn to dream about sth/sb;



    soñar con algo to dream of sth
    sonar verbo intransitivo
    1 (un instrumento, una melodía) to sound: su voz sonaba a preocupación, her voice sounded worried
    (un despertador) to ring, buzz
    2 (dar una impresión) to sound: lo que dices me suena a chino, what you are saying is Greek to me
    eso me suena a problemas, that sounds like trouble
    su propuesta no suena mal, I like the sound of her proposal
    3 (ser familiar) su cara me suena, his face rings a bell, ese nombre no me suena de nada, that name is completely unknown to me
    4 (ser citado, mencionado) su nombre suena como candidato al premio, his name was put forward as a candidate for the prize
    soñar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to dream: soñé que vivía en una isla desierta, I dreamt I was living on a desert island
    2 (imaginar) to imagine: la boda fue tal como la había soñado, her wedding was just like in her dreams
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (dormido) sueñas en voz alta, you talk in your sleep
    esta noche soñé con él, last night I had a dream about him
    2 (imaginar) deja de soñar (despierto), stop daydreaming
    no sueñes con que te invite, don't expect to be invited
    3 (desear) sueña con volver a su tierra natal, she dreams of returning to her homeland
    ' soñar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alta
    - alto
    - repicar
    - sonar
    - tocar
    - a
    - explorar
    - soñado
    - suena
    English:
    and
    - blare
    - blow
    - chime
    - clang
    - clank
    - clash
    - daydream
    - dream
    - fantasize
    - go off
    - jangle
    - moon over sb
    - must
    - rattle
    - reverie
    - ring
    - set off
    - sonar
    - sound
    - buzz
    - go
    - set
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [producir sonido] [timbre, teléfono, campana, despertador, alarma] to ring;
    sonó una explosión there was an explosion;
    sonó un disparo a shot rang out;
    sonaba a lo lejos una sirena you could hear (the sound of) a siren in the distance;
    hicieron sonar la alarma they set off the alarm;
    sonaron las diez (en el reloj) the clock struck ten;
    suena (a) hueco it sounds hollow;
    suena a los Beatles it sounds like the Beatles;
    suena falso/a chiste it sounds false/like a joke;
    Fig
    no me gusta nada como suena esto I don't like the sound of this at all;
    (así o [m5] tal) como suena [literalmente] literally, in so many words;
    me llamó mentirosa, así como suena she literally called me a liar;
    su nombre se escribe como suena you spell her name like it sounds;
    Fam
    sonar la flauta: sonó la flauta y aprobé el examen it was a fluke that I passed the exam;
    si suena la flauta… with a bit of luck…
    2. [ser conocido, familiar]
    me suena it rings a bell;
    esa cara me suena I know that face, I've seen that face somewhere before;
    ¿te suena de algo este número de teléfono? does this telephone number mean anything to you o ring a bell?;
    no me suena su nombre I don't remember hearing her name before;
    un nombre que suena mucho en círculos políticos a name that is often mentioned in political circles
    3. [pronunciarse] to be pronounced;
    la letra “h” no suena the “h” is silent
    4. [mencionarse, citarse] to be mentioned;
    su nombre suena como futuro ministro his name is being mentioned as a future minister
    5. [rumorearse] to be rumoured;
    suena por ahí que lo van a echar it is rumoured that he is going to be sacked
    6. CSur Fam [fracasar] to come a cropper, US to mess up;
    si no te preparás para ese examen vas a sonar if you don't revise for the exam you're going to come a cropper;
    no supieron llevar la empresa correctamente y sonaron they mismanaged the company and came to grief
    7. RP Fam [morir] to kick the bucket
    ♦ vt
    sonar la nariz a alguien to wipe sb's nose
    * * *
    I v/i
    1 ring out
    2 de música play;
    así, tal como suena fig as simple as that, just like that
    3
    :
    sonar a sound like
    4
    :
    me suena esa voz I know that voice, that voice sounds familiar
    II v/t la nariz wipe
    * * *
    sonar {19} vi
    1) : to sound
    suena bien: it sounds good
    2) : to ring (bells)
    3) : to look or sound familiar
    me suena ese nombre: that name rings a bell
    4)
    sonar a : to sound like
    sonar vt
    1) : to ring
    2) : to blow (a trumpet, a nose)
    * * *
    sonar vb
    1. (teléfono, timbre) to ring [pt. rang; pp. rung]
    2. (despertador, alarma) to go off
    ¿ha sonado el despertador? has the alarm clock gone off?
    3. (letra) to be pronounced
    en español la "h" no suena in Spanish the "h" is not pronounced
    Lo más normal sería decir the "h" is silent
    4. (resultar conocido) to be familiar / to ring a bell [pt. rang; pp. rung]
    su nombre me suena his name sounds familiar / his name rings a bell
    5. (tener un aspecto) to sound
    así como suena / tal como suena just like that

    Spanish-English dictionary > soñar

  • 70 compter

    compter [kɔ̃te]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 1
    1. <
       a. ( = calculer) to count
    • combien en avez-vous compté ? how many did you count?
    • 40 cm ? j'avais compté 30 40cm? I made it 30
    • on peut compter sur les doigts de la main ceux qui comprennent vraiment you can count on the fingers of one hand the people who really understand
       b. ( = prévoir) to reckon
       c. ( = inclure) to include
    • nous étions dix, sans compter le professeur there were ten of us, not counting the teacher
       d. ( = facturer) to charge for
       e. ( = prendre en considération) to take into account
    • il aurait dû venir, sans compter qu'il n'avait rien à faire he ought to have come, especially as he had nothing to do
       f. ( = classer) to consider
       g. ( = avoir l'intention de) to intend to ; ( = s'attendre à) to expect to
    • j'y compte bien ! I should hope so!
    2. <
       a. ( = calculer) to count
       b. ( = être économe) to economize
    • dépenser sans compter ( = être dépensier) to spend extravagantly ; ( = donner généreusement) to give without counting the cost
       c. ( = avoir de l'importance) to count
       d. ( = valoir) to count
       e. ( = figurer) compter parmi to rank among
       f. (locutions)
    * * *
    kɔ̃te
    1.
    1) ( dénombrer) to count

    on ne compte plus ses victoires — he/she has had countless victories

    sans compter — [donner, dépenser] freely

    2) ( évaluer)

    il faut compter environ 100 euros — you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros

    4) ( inclure) to count
    5) ( projeter)

    ‘je vais t'aider’ - ‘j'y compte bien’ — ‘I'll help you’ - ‘I should hope so too’


    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( dire les nombres) to count
    2) ( calculer) to count, to add up

    il sait très bien compter, il compte très bien — he's very good at counting

    3) ( avoir de l'importance) to matter ( pour quelqu'un to somebody)

    c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte — it's the thought that counts

    4) ( avoir une valeur) to count

    compter double/triple — to count double/triple

    5) ( figurer)

    compter au nombre de, compter parmi — to be counted among

    6)

    compter avec — ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]

    7)

    compter sans — ( négliger) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]

    8)

    compter sur — ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]

    vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper — you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it

    ne compte pas sur moi — (pour venir, participer) count me out

    je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là- dessus (colloq) or sur moi! — I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!

    quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi! — (colloq) hum trust you to do something silly!


    3.
    se compter verbe pronominal

    4.
    à compter de locution prépositive as from

    5.
    sans compter que locution conjonctive ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as
    * * *
    kɔ̃te
    1. vt
    2) (= inclure, dans une liste) to include

    sans compter qch — not counting sth, not including sth

    On sera dix-huit, sans compter les enfants. — There'll be eighteen of us, not counting the children.

    3) (= facturer) to charge for

    Il n'a pas compté le deuxième café. — He didn't charge us for the second coffee.

    4) (= avoir à son actif, comporter) to have

    L'institut compte trois prix Nobel. — The institute has three Nobel prizewinners.

    5) (prévoir: une certaine quantité, un certain temps) to allow, to reckon on

    Il faut compter environ deux heures. — You have to allow about two hours., You have to reckon on about two hours.

    6) (= avoir l'intention de)

    Je compte bien réussir. — I fully intend to succeed.

    Je compte partir début mai. — I intend to leave at the beginning of May.

    2. vi
    1) (calculer) to count

    Il savait compter à l'âge de trois ans. — He could count when he was three years old.

    à compter du 10 janvier COMMERCE — from 10 January, as from 10 January

    2) (= être non négligeable) to count, to matter

    L'honnêteté, ça compte quand même. — Honesty counts after all.

    Ça ne compte pas - il s'est fait aider. — That doesn't count - he had help.

    4) (= figurer)

    compter parmi — to be among, to rank among

    compter avec qch/qn — to reckon with sth/sb

    compter sans qch/qn — to reckon without sth/sb

    6)

    compter sur [personne] — to count on, to rely on, [aide] to count on

    7) (= être économe) to watch every penny, to count the pennies

    Pendant longtemps, il a fallu compter. — For a long time we had to watch every penny.

    * * *
    compter verb table: aimer
    A vtr
    1 ( dénombrer) to count; compter les jours to count the days; ‘j'ai compté cinq coups à l'horloge’-‘j'en ai compté six’ ‘I counted five strokes of the clock’-‘I counted six’; ‘combien y a-t-il de bouteilles?’-‘j'en compte 24’ ‘how many bottles are there?’-‘I make it 24’; on compte deux millions de chômeurs/3 000 cas de malaria there is a total of two million unemployed/3,000 cases of malaria; une heure après le début de l'attaque on comptait déjà 40 morts an hour after the attack started 40 deaths had already been recorded; on ne compte plus ses victoires he/she has had countless victories; je ne compte plus les lettres anonymes que je reçois I've lost count of the anonymous letters I have received; j'ai compté qu'il y avait 52 fenêtres/500 euros I counted a total of 52 windows/500 euros; as-tu compté combien il reste d'œufs? have you counted how many eggs are left?;
    2 ( évaluer) compter une bouteille pour trois to allow a bottle between three people; pour aller à Caen il faut compter cinq heures you must allow five hours to get to Caen; il faut compter environ 100 euros you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros; compter large/très large/trop large to allow plenty/more than enough/far too much; j'ai pris une tarte pour huit, je préfère compter large I got a tart for eight, I prefer to be on the safe side;
    3 ( faire payer) compter qch à qn to charge sb for sth; il m'a compté la livre à 1,71 euro he charged me 1.71 euros to the pound; il m'a compté 50 euros de déplacement he charged a 50 euro call-out fee;
    4 ( inclure) to count; je vous ai compté dans le nombre des participants I've counted you as one of ou among the participants; nous t'avons déjà compté pour le repas de la semaine prochaine we've already counted you (in) for the meal next week; as-tu compté la TVA? have you counted the VAT?; 2 000 euros par mois sans compter les primes 2,000 euros a month not counting bonuses; sans compter les soucis not to mention the worry; j'ai oublié de compter le col et la ceinture quand j'ai acheté le tissu I forgot to allow for the collar and the waistband when I bought the fabric; je le comptais au nombre de mes amis I counted him among my friends ou as a friend; s'il fallait compter le temps que j'y passe if I had to work out how much time I'm spending on it;
    5 ( avoir) to have [habitants, chômeurs, alliés]; to have [sth] to one's credit [victoire, succès]; notre club compte des gens célèbres our club has some well-known people among its members; un sportif qui compte de nombreuses victoires à son actif a sportsman who has many victories to his credit; il compte 15 ans de présence dans l'entreprise he has been with the company for 15 years;
    6 ( projeter) compter faire to intend to do; ‘comptez-vous y aller?’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘do you intend to go?’-‘yes, I certainly do’; je compte m'acheter un ordinateur I'm hoping to buy myself a computer;
    7 ( s'attendre à) il comptait que je lui prête de l'argent he expected me to lend him some money; ‘je vais t'aider’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘I'll help you’-‘I should hope so too’;
    8 ( donner avec parcimonie) il a toujours compté ses sous he has always watched the pennies; compter jusqu'au moindre centime to count every penny; sans compter [donner, dépenser] freely; se dépenser sans compter pour (la réussite de) qch to put everything one's got into sth.
    B vi
    1 ( dire les nombres) to count; compter jusqu'à 20 to count up to 20; il ne sait pas compter he can't count; il a trois ans mais il compte déjà bien he's three but he's already good at counting; compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers;
    2 ( calculer) to count, to add up; il sait très bien compter, il compte très bien he's very good at counting; cela fait 59 non pas 62, tu ne sais pas compter! that makes 59 not 62, you can't count!; compter sur ses doigts to work sums out on one's fingers;
    3 ( avoir de l'importance) [avis, diplôme, apparence] to matter (pour qn to sb); ce qui compte c'est qu'ils se sont réconciliés what matters is that they have made it up; c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte it's the thought that counts; 40 ans dans la même entreprise ça compte/ça commence à compter 40 years in the same company, that's quite something/it's beginning to add up; ça compte beaucoup pour moi it means a lot to me; je ne compte pas plus pour elle que son chien I mean no more to her than her dog; compter dans to be a factor in [réussite, échec]; le salaire compte beaucoup dans le choix d'une carrière pay is an important factor in the choice of a career; cela a beaucoup compté dans leur faillite it was a major factor in their bankruptcy; ça fait longtemps que je ne compte plus dans ta vie it's been a long time since I have meant anything to you; il connaît tout ce qui compte dans le milieu du cinéma he knows everybody who is anybody in film circles;
    4 ( avoir une valeur) [épreuve, faute] to count; compter double/triple to count double/triple; compter double/triple par rapport à to count for twice/three times as much as; ça ne compte pas, il a triché it doesn't count, he cheated; le dernier exercice ne compte pas dans le calcul de la note the last exercise isn't counted in the calculation of the grade; la lettre ‘y’ compte pour combien? how much is the letter ‘y’ worth?; la lettre ‘z’ compte pour combien de points? how many points is the letter ‘z’ worth?; une faute de grammaire compte pour quatre points four marks are deducted for a grammatical error;
    5 ( figurer) compter au nombre de, compter parmi to be counted among;
    6 compter avec ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence, belle-mère]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; ( prévoir) to allow for [retard, supplément]; il doit compter avec les syndicats he has to reckon with the unions; il faut compter avec l'opinion publique one must take public opinion into account; il faut compter avec le brouillard dans cette région you should allow for fog in that area;
    7 compter sans ( négliger) to reckon without [risque, gêne]; ( oublier) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; c'était compter sans le brouillard that was without allowing for the fog; j'avais compté sans la TVA I hadn't taken the VAT into account;
    8 compter sur ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je viendrai you can count on me, I'll be there; tu peux compter sur ma présence you can count on me ou on my being there; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it; ne compte pas sur moi (pour venir, participer) count me out; ne compte pas sur moi pour payer tes dettes/faire la cuisine don't rely on me to pay your debts/do the cooking; ne compte pas sur eux pour le faire don't count on them to do it; le pays peut compter sur des stocks de vivres en provenance de… the country can count on stocks of food supplies coming from…; le pays peut compter sur ses réserves de blé the country can rely on its stock of wheat; je ne peux compter que sur moi-même I can only rely on myself; je leur ferai la commission, compte sur moi I'll give them the message, you can count on me; je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là-dessus○ or sur moi! I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!; quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi○! iron trust you to do something silly!; compter sur la discrétion de qn to rely on sb's discretion; je compte dessus I'm counting ou relying on it.
    C se compter vpr leurs victoires se comptent par douzaines they have had dozens of victories; les défections se comptent par milliers there have been thousands of defections; leurs chansons à succès ne se comptent plus they've had countless hits; les faillites dans la région ne se comptent plus there have been countless bankruptcies in the area.
    D à compter de loc prép as from; réparations gratuites pendant 12 mois à compter de la date de vente free repairs for 12 months with effect from the date of sale.
    E sans compter que loc conj ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as; c'est dangereux sans compter que ça pollue it's dangerous and what's more it causes pollution.
    [kɔ̃te] verbe transitif
    1. [dénombrer - objets, argent, personnes] to count
    compter les heures/jours [d'impatience] to be counting the hours/days
    il m'a compté absent/présent (familier) he marked me (down as) absent/present
    compter les points (sens propre & figuré) to keep score
    2. [limiter] to count (out)
    a. [il va mourir] his days are numbered
    b. [pour accomplir quelque chose] he's running out of time
    il ne comptait pas sa peine/ses efforts he spared no pains/effort
    3. [faire payer] to charge for
    nous ne vous compterons pas la pièce détachée we won't charge you ou there'll be no charge for the spare part
    le serveur nous a compté deux euros de trop the waiter has overcharged us by two euros, the waiter has charged us 15 francs too much
    4. [payer, verser] to pay
    6. [classer - dans une catégorie]
    compter quelque chose/quelqu'un parmi to count something/somebody among, to number something/somebody among
    7. [prendre en considération] to take into account, to take account of
    8. [avoir - membres, habitants] to have
    9. [s'attendre à] to expect
    10. [avoir l'intention de] to intend
    compter faire quelque chose to intend to do something, to mean to do something, to plan to do something
    11. [prévoir] to allow
    je compte qu'il y a un bon quart d'heure de marche/une journée de travail I reckon there's a good quarter of an hour's walk/there's a day's work
    il faudra deux heures pour y aller, en comptant large it will take two hours to get there, at the most
    12. SPORT [boxeur] to count out (separable)
    ————————
    [kɔ̃te] verbe intransitif
    1. [calculer] to count, to add up
    si je compte bien, tu me dois 345 francs if I've counted right ou according to my calculations, you owe me 345 francs
    tu as dû mal compter you must have got your calculations wrong, you must have miscalculated
    2. [limiter ses dépenses] to be careful (with money)
    3. [importer] to count, to matter
    ce qui compte, c'est ta santé/le résultat the important thing is your health/the end result
    40 ans d'ancienneté, ça compte! 40 years' service counts for something!
    je prendrai ma décision seule! — alors moi, je ne compte pas? I'll make my own decision! — so I don't count ou matter, then?
    tu as triché, ça ne compte pas you cheated, it doesn't count
    à l'examen, la philosophie ne compte presque pas philosophy is a very minor subject in the exam
    compter double/triple to count double/triple
    compter pour quelque chose/rien to count for something/nothing
    quand il est invité à dîner, il compte pour trois! when he's invited to dinner he eats enough for three!
    4. [figurer]
    ————————
    compter avec verbe plus préposition
    désormais, il faudra compter avec l'opposition from now on, the opposition will have to be reckoned with
    ————————
    compter sans verbe plus préposition
    ————————
    compter sur verbe plus préposition
    [faire confiance à] to count ou to rely ou to depend on (inseparable)
    [espérer - venue, collaboration, événement] to count on (inseparable)
    c'est quelqu'un sur qui tu peux compter he's/she's a reliable person
    il ne faut pas trop y compter don't count on it, I wouldn't count on it
    si c'est pour lui jouer un mauvais tour, ne comptez pas sur moi! if you want to play a dirty trick on him, you can count me out!
    compte là-dessus (et bois de l'eau fraîche)! (familier & ironique) you must be joking!, dream on!
    ————————
    se compter verbe pronominal
    ————————
    se compter verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)
    1. [s'estimer] to count ou to consider oneself
    2. [s'inclure dans un calcul] to count ou to include oneself
    ————————
    à compter de locution prépositionnelle
    as from ou of
    à compter de ce jour, nous ne nous sommes plus revus from that day on, we never saw each other again
    ————————
    en comptant locution prépositionnelle
    ————————
    sans compter locution adverbiale
    [généralementéreusement]
    donner sans compter to give generously ou without counting the cost
    ————————
    sans compter locution prépositionnelle
    [sans inclure] not counting
    ————————
    sans compter que locution conjonctive
    il est trop tôt pour aller dormir, sans compter que je n'ai pas du tout sommeil it's too early to go to bed, quite apart from the fact that I'm not at all sleepy
    ————————
    tout bien compté locution adverbiale

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > compter

  • 71 giorno

    m day
    giorno di arrivo/partenza arrival/departure date
    giorno feriale weekday, working day
    giorno festivo (public) holiday
    l'altro giorno the other day
    ogni giorno every day
    a giorni ( fra pochi giorni) in a few days (time)
    al giorno a day
    in pieno giorno in broad daylight
    di giorno by day
    * * *
    giorno s.m.
    1 ( periodo di 24 ore) day: un giorno d'estate, a summer day; un giorno di pioggia, a rainy day; giorno festivo, holiday; giorno lavorativo, feriale, workday (o working day); giorno libero, di riposo, day off; i miei giorni liberi sono..., my free days are...; un bambino di pochi giorni, a baby a few days old; la carica di questo orologio dura tre giorni, this watch goes for three days without having to be wound up; che giorno è oggi?, what's the date today? (o what's today's date?); che giorno parti?, what day are you leaving?; per partire, un giorno vale l'altro, one day is as good as the next for leaving; lavora 8 ore al giorno, he works eight hours a day (o an eight-hour day); lavora tutto il ( santo) giorno, he works all day (o all day long o the whole day); si sveglia tutti i giorni alle 8, he wakes up at 8 every day; mancano ancora molti giorni alla fine della vacanza, there's still a long way to go before the end of the holiday; è in ospedale da molti giorni, he has been in hospital for many days now; lo so già da molti giorni, I've known about it for a few days (o for quite a long time) now; l'ho visto l'altro giorno, ( l'altro ieri) I saw him the day before yesterday; ( qualche giorno fa) I saw him the other day; l'ho visto qualche giorno fa, I saw him a few days ago; l'ho visto il giorno dopo e stava già meglio, I saw him the day after and he was already better; due volte al giorno, twice a day; un giorno sì e uno no, every other day; un giorno ti dirò, some day I'll tell you; e un ( bel) giorno partì..., and one day he left // un giorno o l'altro ti pentirai di questa scelta, one of these days (o sooner or later) you'll regret this choice; ti verrò a trovare un giorno o l'altro, uno di questi giorni, one of these days I'll come and see you // un giorno dopo l'altro, giorno dopo giorno, day after day // è sparito da un giorno all'altro, he disappeared overnight; ci è capitato tutto da un giorno all'altro, it all happened overnight (o very suddenly); potrebbe succedere da un giorno all'altro, it could happen at any moment (o any moment now) // migliora di giorno in giorno, he's getting better and better each day (o day by day) // la situazione va affrontata giorno per giorno, the situation has to be dealt with on a day to day basis // il suo amore per lui diminuiva giorno dopo giorno, day by (o after) day her love for him grew weaker and weaker // è questione di giorni e sapremo chi ha vinto, we'll know who has won in a few days' time // arriverà a giorni, he'll be arriving any day now // a giorni è allegro, a giorni è triste, sometimes (o at times) he is cheerful, sometimes (o at times) he is sad // al giorno d'oggi, ai giorni nostri, nowadays (o at the present time) // (da) oggi a otto ( giorni), otto giorni (da) oggi, today week (o a week from today) // il dirottamento del jumbo è il fatto del giorno, the jumbo hijack is today's big event (o main story); l'uomo del giorno, the man of the moment // di tutti i giorni, for everyday use; everyday: un servizio di piatti per tutti i giorni, a set of plates for everyday use; sono problemi di tutti i giorni, they are everyday problems // mettere qlcu. a giorno di qlco., to acquaint s.o. with sthg.; essere a giorno di qlco., to be acquainted with sthg. // ho conosciuto giorni migliori, I have seen better days // finì i suoi giorni in ospedale, he ended his days in a hospital // avere i giorni contati, (fig.) to be at death's door // il giorno dei morti, All Soul's Day // il giorno del Signore, the Lord's Day // il buon giorno si conosce dal mattino, (prov.) you can tell the day from the morning
    2 ( ore di luce) day, daylight: i giorni si stanno allungando, the days are drawing out; di giorno, by day; studia giorno e notte, he studies night and day; sta facendo giorno, day is dawning; sul far del giorno, at the break of day; è ancora giorno, it's still day (light); al cadere del giorno, at sunset // luce del giorno, daylight; fare qlco. alla luce del giorno, (fig.) to do sthg. in broad daylight; la sua innocenza è chiara come la luce del giorno, (fig.) his innocence is crystal clear // giorno pieno, fatto, broad daylight; la rapina è avvenuta in pieno giorno, the robbery took place in broad daylight; si alzò a giorno fatto, he got up late in the morning (o when it was broad daylight) // illuminato a giorno, floodlit (o brightly lit); l'illuminazione della piazza era a giorno, the square was floodlit // tra i loro racconti ci corre quanto dal giorno alla notte, their two versions are as different as chalk and cheese // fare di notte giorno, to be a night bird (o a night owl)
    3 (astr.) day: giorno civile, calendar (o civil) day; giorno solare, calendar day; giorno solare vero, apparent solar day
    4 (comm., econ., fin.) day; date: giorno di consegna, delivery day; giorno di mercato, market day; giorno di paga, payday; (amm.) ultimo giorno utile, last clear day; giorni data, after date; a 30 giorni data, at 30 days after date; (mar.) giorni di controstallie, demurrage days // dare gli otto, i quindici giorni, to give a week's, a fortnight's notice // (econ.): essere all'ordine del giorno, to be on the agenda; giorno di chiusura del bilancio, balance-sheet date; giorno uomo, man-day; giorni lavorativi ( operativi), stream days; giorni consecutivi, running days // ( banca): giorno di valuta, value date; giorni di scadenza, term days; giorni di grazia, ( giorni di tolleranza concessi per i pagamenti) days of grace // ( Borsa): giorno dei compensi, di liquidazione, settlement ( o settling) day; giorno dei riporti, continuation ( o contango o making-up) day; giorno di presentazione fogli, name day; giorni intermedi, intermediate days
    5 ( cucito) punto a giorno, openstitch (o openwork); orlo a giorno, hemstitch.
    * * *
    ['dʒorno]
    sostantivo maschile
    1) day

    ogni quindici -i — every two weeks o fortnight BE

    che giorno è oggi? — (della settimana) what day is it today? (del mese) what's the date today? what's today's date?

    un giorno o l'altro — some day, one day

    da un giorno all'altro — [ essere atteso] any day (now); [ cambiare] overnight, from one day to the next

    ai -i nostri o al giorno d'oggi — nowadays, today

    2) (ore di luce) daylight, daytime

    di giorno — by o in daylight, in the daytime

    sul far del giorno — at the break of day, at daybreak

    •

    giorno feriale — weekday, workday, working day

    giorno del Giudizio — relig. Judgment Day, day of judgment, doomsday

    giorno di paga — payday, account day

    ••

    tutti i santi -i — every blessed o single day, each and every day

    * * *
    giorno
    /'dʒorno/ ⇒ 19
    sostantivo m.
     1 day; fra otto -i in a week('s time); ogni quindici -i every two weeks o fortnight BE; a due -i di treno two days away by train; due voli al giorno two daily flights; giorno per giorno day by day; verranno -i migliori better times will come; che giorno è oggi? (della settimana) what day is it today? (del mese) what's the date today? what's today's date? è il giorno in cui faccio la spesa it's my shopping day; un giorno o l'altro some day, one day; un bel giorno one fine day; tornerà a -i he'll be back in a few days; da un giorno all'altro [ essere atteso] any day (now); [ cambiare] overnight, from one day to the next; notizia del giorno news of the day; ai -i nostri o al giorno d'oggi nowadays, today
     2 (ore di luce) daylight, daytime; di giorno by o in daylight, in the daytime; sul far del giorno at the break of day, at daybreak; fare giorno to dawn; in pieno giorno in broad daylight
    andare a -i to depend on the day; tutti i santi -i every blessed o single day, each and every day; tutto il santo giorno the whole blessed day; tra i due ce ne corre quanto dal giorno alla notte they are as different as chalk and cheese
    \
    giorno di chiusura closing day; giorno feriale weekday, workday, working day; giorno festivo holiday; giorno del Giudizio relig. Judgment Day, day of judgment, doomsday; giorno lavorativo→  giorno feriale; giorno di paga payday, account day.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > giorno

  • 72 О-51

    БЕЗ ОГЛЙДКИ coll PrepP, Invar, adv
    1. бежать, убегать и т. п. - (to run, run away etc) very quickly and without turning around to look behind one: (fast and) without a backward glance
    (fast and) without looking back with abandon.
    Орозкул встал, подтянул штаны и, боясь оглянуться, затрусил прочь... Но Кулубек остановил его: «Стой! Мы тебе скажем последнее слово. У тебя никогда не будет детей. Ты злой и негодный человек... Уходи — и чтобы навсегда. А ну быстрее!» Орозкул побежал без оглядки (Айтматов 1). Огог-kul stood up, pulled up his trousers, and, afraid to glance back, ran away at a quick trot....But Kulubek stopped him: "Wait! We'll say to you one final word. You will never have any children. You are an evil and worthless man....Go from here-forever. Double quick!" Orozkul ran off without a backward glance (1a).
    2. (to make a decision, set out upon a course of action etc) resolutely, without vacillation
    without looking back
    without a backward glance without any hesitation without a second thought without thinking twice.
    3. предаваться чему, делать что и т. п. - (to do sth.) unrestrainedly, forgetting all else, (indulge in sth.) without limiting o.s. etc
    unreservedly
    without restraint (reserve) (give o.s.) completely (to sth.).
    4. любить кого, верить кому \О-51 (to love s.o.) to the greatest possible extent, (to trust s.o.) fully and completely
    without any reservations
    without reservation unreservedly unconditionally.
    ...Любить она (Кира) умела, как любят сейчас на Земле, -спокойно и без оглядки... (Стругацкие 4). Куга was capable of true love, the way women on Earth would love-quiet and without any reservations (4a).
    5. imprudently, without due consideration
    carelessly
    recklessly rashly thoughtlessly indiscriminately.
    Вместе с Ахматовой он (Мандельштам) выдумал игру: у каждого из них есть кучка талонов на признание поэтов, но она - жмот, сквалыга - свои талоны бережёт, а он истратил последний на старика Звенигородского и просит взаймы хоть один, хоть половинку... Она действительно свои талоны берегла, а в старости стала раздавать их без оглядки - направо и налево (Мандельштам 2). Не (Mandelstam) and Akhmatova even invented a game: each of them had a certain number of tokens to be expended on the recognition of poets - but while she was tightfisted and hung on to her tokens for all she was worth, he spent his last one on old Zvenigorodski, and then had to beg her to "lend" him one, or even half of one....Having hoarded them up so jealously, in her old age Akhmatova began to hand out her tokens indiscriminately, right, left, and center (2a)

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > О-51

  • 73 без оглядки

    [PrepP; Invar; adv]
    =====
    1. бежать, убегать и т.п. без оглядки (to run, run away etc) very quickly and without turning around to look behind one:
    - with abandon.
         ♦ Орозкул встал, подтянул штаны и, боясь оглянуться, затрусил прочь... Но Кулубек остановил его: " Стой! Мы тебе скажем последнее слово. У тебя никогда не будет детей. Ты злой и негодный человек... Уходи - и чтобы навсегда. А ну быстрее!" Орозкул побежал без оглядки (Айтматов 1). Orozkul stood up, pulled up his trousers, and, afraid to glance back, ran away at a quick trot....But Kulubek stopped him: "Wait! We'll say to you one final word. You will never have any children. You are an evil and worthless man....Go from here-forever. Double quick!" Orozkul ran off without a backward glance (1a).
    2. (to make a decision, set out upon a course of action etc) resolutely, without vacillation:
    - without thinking twice.
    3. предаваться чему, делать что и т.п. без оглядки (to do sth.) unrestrainedly, forgetting all else, (indulge in sth.) without limiting o.s. etc:
    - (give o.s.) completely (to sth.).
    4. любить кого, верить кому без оглядки (to love s.o.) to the greatest possible extent, (to trust s.o.) fully and completely:
    - unconditionally.
         ♦...Любить она [Кира] умела, как любят сейчас на Земле, - спокойно и без оглядки... (Стругацкие 4). Kyra was capable of true love, the way women on Earth would love-quiet and without any reservations (4a).
    5. imprudently, without due consideration:
    - indiscriminately.
         ♦ Вместе с Ахматовой он [Мандельштам] выдумал игру: у каждого из них есть кучка талонов на признание поэтов, но она - жмот, сквалыга - свои талоны бережёт, а он истратил последний на старика Звенигородского и просит взаймы хоть один, хоть половинку... Она действительно свои талоны берегла, а в старости стала раздавать их без оглядки - направо и налево (Мандельштам 2). Не [Mandelstam] and Akhmatova even invented a game: each of them had a certain number of tokens to be expended on the recognition of poets - but while she was tightfisted and hung on to her tokens for all she was worth, he spent his last one on old Zvenigorodski, and then had to beg her to "lend" him one, or even half of one....Having hoarded them up so jealously, in her old age Akhmatova began to hand out her tokens indiscriminately, right, left, and center (2a)

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > без оглядки

  • 74 Kind

    Kind <-[e]s, -er> [kɪnt, pl kɪndɐ] nt
    1) ( Nachkomme) child;
    ihre \Kinder sind drei und vier Jahre alt her children are three and four years old;
    \Kinder Gottes ( fig) God's children;
    ein \Kind in die Welt setzen [ o geh zur Welt bringen] to bring a child into the world;
    das ist nichts für kleine \Kinder that's not for your young eyes/ears;
    [du bist aber ein] kluges \Kind! ( iron) oh, aren't you clever! ( iron)
    jds leibliches \Kind sb's own child;
    ein uneheliches [o nicht eheliches] \Kind an illegitimate child, a child born out of wedlock;
    bei jdm ist ein \Kind unterwegs sb is expecting [a baby] [or pregnant];
    ein \Kind [von jdm] bekommen [o erwarten] [o kriegen] to be expecting a baby [or pregnant] [by sb], to be with child ( form), to be pregnant with sb's child;
    wir bekommen ein \Kind! we're going to have a baby!;
    jdm ein \Kind machen (sl) to put sb in the club ( fam) [or ( Brit) (sl) up the duff], to put a bun in sb's oven ( hum) (sl), to get sb in the family way ( fam), to knock sb up (sl)
    sich dat ein \Kind wegmachen lassen (sl) to get rid of a baby ( euph)
    das weiß doch jedes \Kind! ( fam) any child [or five-year-old] knows [or could tell you] that;
    von \Kind auf [o an] from childhood [or an early age];
    aber \Kind! child, child!;
    das \Kind im Manne ( fig) he's a boy at heart;
    jdn an \Kindes Statt annehmen jur to adopt sb;
    ein \Kind des Todes sein ( fig) (veraltend) ( geh) to be as good as dead;
    ein großes \Kind sein to be a big baby;
    noch ein halbes \Kind sein to be still almost a child;
    sich wie ein \Kind freuen to be as pleased as Punch;
    kein \Kind mehr sein not to be a child any more
    2) pl (fam: Leute) folks pl;
    \Kinder, \Kinder! ( fam) dear oh dear!, goodness me!
    WENDUNGEN:
    das \Kind mit dem Bade ausschütten to throw out the baby with the bathwater;
    jdm ein \Kind in den Bauch reden ( fam) to talk the hind legs off a donkey;
    reden Sie mir kein \Kind in den Bauch, ich kaufe Ihnen sowieso nichts ab I'm not going to buy anything off you, however much you try and soft-soap me;
    mit \Kind und Kegel ( hum) ( fam) with the whole family;
    aus \Kindern werden Leute ( prov) children grow up [all too] quickly;
    das \Kind muss einen Namen haben it must be called something;
    das \Kind beim [rechten] Namen nennen to call a spade a spade;
    \Kinder und Narren [o Betrunkene] sagen die Wahrheit ( sagen die Wahrheit) children and fools speak the truth ( prov)
    kleine \Kinder, kleine Sorgen, große \Kinder, große Sorgen (große \Kinder, große Sorgen) children when they are little make parents fools, when great, mad [or they are great they make them mad] ( prov)
    kein \Kind von Traurigkeit sein ( sein) to be sb who enjoys life;
    ich bin kein \Kind von Traurigkeit I [like [or know how] to] enjoy life;
    ein \Kind seiner Zeit sein to be a child of one's time;
    [ein] gebranntes \Kind scheut das Feuer once bitten, twice shy ( prov)
    was Glücksspiele angeht, bin ich ein gebranntes \Kind! I've learned my lesson as far as games of chance are concerned;
    bei jdm lieb \Kind sein ( fam) to be sb's favourite [or blue-eyed boy] [or girl];
    sich bei jdm lieb \Kind machen ( fam) to [try and] get on the right side of sb [or in sb's good books];
    wie sag' ich's meinem \Kinde? (' ich's meinem \Kinde?) I don't know how to put it, how should I put it?;
    ich kann ihm nicht helfen, aber wie sag' ich's meinem \Kinde? I can't help him, but how am I going to tell him?;
    wir werden das \Kind schon schaukeln ( fam) we'll manage to sort it [or everything] out

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > Kind

  • 75 -ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne

  • 76 n'

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'

  • 77 ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne

  • 78 censeo

    1.
    cēnseo (on the long e, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 257 sq.), ui, censum (late Lat. censitum, Cod. Just. 11, 47 tit.; 11, 49 tit.; 11, 47, 4 al.; but not in Monum. Ancyr.; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 557), 2, v. a. [etym. dub.; often referred to root cas-, whence carmen, camoenus; but prob. from centum, orig. centere, to hundred or number the people; cf. Fischer, Gram. 1, p. 373].
    I.
    To tax, assess, rate, estimate.
    A.
    In reference to the census (v. census).
    1.
    Of the censor (v. censor).
    (α).
    Rarely act. with acc. of the persons or objects assessed or rated; but usu. pass., with subj. -nom.:

    censores populi aevitates, suboles, familias, pecuniasque censento,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:

    census quom sum, juratori recte rationem dedi,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 30:

    censor ad quojus censionem, id est arbitrium, populus censeretur,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Mull.:

    census... indicat eum qui sit census se jam tum gessisse pro cive,

    Cic. Arch. 5, 11: absentis censere jubere, P. Scipio ap. Gell. 5, 19, 16: ne absens censeare. Cic. Att. 1, 18, 8:

    sub lustrum censeri,

    id. ib.:

    milia octoginta eo lustro civium censa dicuntur,

    Liv. 1, 44, 2:

    censa civium capita centum septendecim milia trecenta undeviginti,

    id. 3, 24, 10; id. Epit. lib. 11; 13; 14:

    censebantur ejus aetatis lustris ducena quinquagena milia capitum,

    id. 9, 19, 2:

    cum capitum liberorum censa essent CLII. milia,

    Plin. 33, 1, 5, § 16: quid se vivere, quid in parte civium censeri, si... id obtinere universi non possint? Liv 7, 18, 5.—
    (β).
    With the amount at which the property was rated, in the acc.: or abl.:

    praesertim census equestrem Summam nummorum,

    being assessed with the estate necessary to a Roman knight, Hor. A. P. 383:

    primae classis homines quicentum et viginti quinque milia aeris ampliusve censi erant... Ceterarumque omnium classium qui minore summa aeris censebantur,

    Gell. 7 (6), 13, 1 sq.—Hence, capite censi, those who were assessed ac cording to their ability to labor: qui nullo [p. 312] aut perquam parvo aere censebantur capite censi vocabantur. Extremus autem census capite censorum aeris fuit trecentis septuaginta quinque, Jul. Paul. ap. Gell. 16, 10, 10; Sall. J. 86, 2; Gell. 16, 10, 11; 16, 10, 14; Val. Max. 2, 3, 1; 7, 6, 1;

    and in the finite verb: omnia illius (i. e. sapientis) esse dicimus, cum... capite censebitur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 1. —
    (γ).
    Absol. in gerund.: censendi, censendo, ad censendum = census agendi, censui agendo, etc.: haec frequentia quae convenit ludorum censendique causa (i.e. census agendi causa, for the sake of the census), Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54:

    mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem operosam... suo proprio magistratu egere... cui arbitrium formulae censendi subiceretur,

    the scheme for taking the census, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    quia is censendo finis factus est,

    id. 1, 44, 2:

    civis Romanos ad censendum ex provinciis in Italiam revocarunt,

    Vell. 2, 15:

    aetatem in censendo significare necesse est... aetas autem spectatur censendi tempore,

    Dig. 50, 15, 3.—
    (δ).
    Censum censere = censum agere, only in the gerundial dat.:

    illud quaero, sintne illa praedia censui censendo, habeant jus civile,

    are they subject to the census, Cic. Fl. 32, 80: censores... edixerunt, legem censui censendo dicturos esse ut, etc., that he would add a rule for the taking of the census, according to which, etc., Liv. 43, 14, 5: censui censendo agri proprie appellantur qui et emi et venire jure civili possunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 58, 5 Mull.—
    2.
    Of the assessment of the provinces under provincial officers (censores, and, under the later emperors, censitores).
    (α).
    Pass., with the territory as subject-nom.: quinto quoque anno Sicilia tota censetur;

    erat censa praetore Paeducaeo... quintus annus cum in te praetorem incidisset, censa denuo est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 139:

    omne territorium censeatur quoties, etc.,

    Cod. Just. 11, 58 (57), 4.—
    (β).
    The persons assessed as subject:

    ubi (coloni) censiti atque educati natique sunt,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 6:

    quos in locis eisdem censitos esse constabit,

    ib. 11, 48 (47), 4.—With part. as attribute:

    rusticos censitosque servos vendi,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7.—
    (γ).
    To determine by the census:

    cum antea per singulos viros, per binas vero mulieres capitis norma sit censa,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 10:

    nisi forte privilegio aliquo materna origo censeatur,

    Dig. 50, 1, 1, § 2.—
    (δ).
    Act. with acc.:

    vos terras vestras levari censitione vultis, ego vero etiam aerem vestrum censere vellem,

    Spart. Pescen. Nig. 7.—
    3.
    Of the person assessed, to value, make a statement of one ' s property in the census.
    (α).
    Act. with acc.:

    in qua tribu ista praedia censuisti?

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80.—
    (β).
    Censeri, as dep. with acc.:

    census es praeterea numeratae pecuniae CXXX. Census es mancipia Amyntae... Cum te audisset servos suos esse censum, constabat inter omnes, si aliena censendo Decianus sua facere posset, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80; cf. Ov. P. 1, 2, 140; v. B. 2. c.—
    4.
    Hence, subst.: cēnsum, i, n.: quorum luxuries fortunata censa peperit, i.e. high estimates of property in the census, Cic. ap. Non. 202, 23 (Fragm. vol. xi. p. 134 B. and K.).
    B.
    Transf., of things and persons in gen., to value, estimate, rate.
    1.
    By a figure directly referring to the Roman census: aequo mendicus atque ille opulentissimus Censetur censu ad Acheruntem mortuus, will be rated by an equal census, i.e. in the same class, without considering their property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 93: vos qui potestis ope vostra censerier, referring to a part of the audience, you, who may be rated according to your intelligence, analog. to capite censi (v. I. A. 1. b), id. Capt. prol. 15:

    nam argumentum hoc hic censebitur,

    will be rated, its census-class will be determined here, id. Poen. prol. 56: id in quoque optimum esse debet cui nascitur, quo censetur, according to which he is rated, i.e. his worth is determined, Sen. Ep. 76, 8.—And with two acc.: quintus Phosphorus, Junonia, immo Veneris stella censetur, is ranked as the fifth, App. de Mundo, p. 710.—
    2.
    With direct reference to the census.
    a.
    = aestimo, to estimate, weigh, value, appreciate.
    (α).
    With gen. of price:

    dic ergo quanti censes?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 8.—
    (β).
    In the pass.: si censenda nobis atque aestimanda res sit, utrum tandem pluris aestimemus pecuniam Pyrrhi? etc., if we have to weigh and estimate a thing, etc., Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    anule... In quo censendum nil nisi dantis amor,

    Ov. Am. 2, 15, 2:

    interim autem facta sola censenda dicit atque in judicium vocanda,

    Gell. 7 (6), 3, 47.—
    b.
    = honorari, celebrari, with de aliquo, = for the sake of somebody (in Ovid):

    pro quibus ut maneat, de quo censeris, amicus, Comprecor, etc.,

    the friend for the sake of whom you are celebrated, who is the cause of your renown, Ov. P. 2, 5, 73:

    hoc domui debes de qua censeris,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 75.—
    c.
    Censeri, dep., = to distinguish, with acc. only once or twice in Ovid (v. I. A. 3. b):

    hanc semper... Est inter comites Marcia censa suas,

    has always distinguished her, Ov. P. 1, 2, 140.—
    d.
    Censeri aliqua re.
    (α).
    = to be appreciated, distinguished, celebrated for some quality, as if the quality were a standard determining the census, analog. to capite censeri (v. I. A. 1. b), very freq. in post-class. writings:

    Democritus cum divitiis censeri posset,

    when he might have been celebrated for his wealth, Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 4:

    Aristides quo totius Graeciae justitia censetur (quo = cujus justitia),

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3 med.: te custode matronalis stola censetur ( = tua, i.e. pudicitiae, custodia), the stola, etc., is appreciated for thy custody, id. 6, 1 prooem.:

    una adhuc victoria Carius Metius censebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 45:

    ut ipsi quoque qui egerunt non aliis magis orationibus censeantur,

    id. Dial. 39 fin.: non vitibus tantum censeri Chium, sed et operibus Anthermi filiorum, is celebrated not only for its grapes, but, etc., Plin. 36, 5, 2, § 12:

    et Galliae censentur hoc reditu,

    id. 19, 1, 2, § 7:

    quisquis paulo vetustior miles, hic te commilitone censetur,

    is distinguished for the fact that you were his fellow-soldier, Plin. Pan. 15 fin.:

    multiplici variaque doctrina censebatur,

    Suet. Gram. 10:

    felix quae tali censetur munere tellus,

    Mart. 9, 16, 5: censetur Apona Livio suo tellus, = for the fact that Livy was born there, id. 1, 61, 3:

    hi duo longaevo censentur Nestore fundi,

    for the fact that Nestor used them, id. 8, 6, 9:

    nec laude virorum censeri contenta fuit (Iberia),

    Claud. Laud. Seren. 67:

    libri mei non alia laude carius censentur, quam quod judicio vestro comprobantur,

    App. Flor. 4, 18, 3.—Hence,
    (β).
    = to be known by something (Appuleian):

    hoc nomine censebatur jam meus dominus,

    App. M. 8, p. 171:

    nomen quo tu censeris aiebat,

    id. ib. 5, p. 106: pro studio bibendi quo solo censetur, either known by, or distinguished for, id. Mag. p. 499:

    globorum caelestium supremum esse eum qui inerrabili meatu censetur,

    which is known by its unerring course, id. Phil. Nat. 1, p. 582.— And,
    (γ).
    As gram. t. t., to be marked by some peculiarity, according to which a word is classified: neque de armis et moeniis infitias eo quin figura multitudinis perpetua censeantur, that they are marked by the form of constant plurality, i. e. that they are pluralia tantum, Gell. 19, 8, 5; 10, 20, 8; 19, 13, 3.
    II.
    Of transactions in and by the Senate, to judge (in the meanings II. and III. the passive voice is not in class. use, while in I. the passive voice is by far the most freq.).
    A.
    To be of opinion, to propose, to vote, to move, referring to the votes of the senators when asked for their opinions (sententiam dicere).
    1.
    With a (passive) inf.-clause, denoting what should be decreed by the Senate (esse usu. omitted): rex his ferme verbis patres consulebat... Dic, inquit ei, quid censes? tum ille Puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo, I am of the opinion ( I move, propose) that satisfaction should be sought, etc., ancient formula ap. Liv. 1, 32, 11 sq.:

    primum igitur acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum,

    id. ib. 5, 17, 45; 5, 6, 16; 5, 12, 31; 5, 12, 34; 5, 13, 36; 5, 14, 38; 5, 19, 53; 6, 1, 2; 9, 6, 14; 11, 15, 40; 12, 7, 17; 14, 1, 1; 14, 13, 35; cf.

    Regulus's advice in the Senate, being represented as a vote: captivos in senatu reddendos non censuit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 13, 39; 3, 31, 111:

    quare ita ego censeo... de confessis more majorum supplicium sumendum,

    Sall. C. 52, 36; 51, 8; 52, 14:

    Appius imperio consulari rem agendam censebat,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15:

    ut multi (senatores) delendam urbem censerent,

    id. 9, 26, 3; 2, 29, 7; 3, 40, 13; 10, 12, 1; 34, 4, 20; 38, 54, 6: cum ejus diei senatus consulta aureis litteris figenda in curia censuisset, Tac. A. 3, 57:

    ut nonnulli dedendum eum hostibus censuerint,

    Suet. Caes. 24; so id. ib. 14; id. Aug. 100; id. Tib. 4; id. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 26; id. Ner. 2; id. Vesp. 2. Of the emperor's vote in the Senate:

    commutandam censuit vocem, et pro peregrina nostratem requirendam,

    Suet. Tib. 71; so id. ib. 34; id. Aug. 55.—And with the copula expressed (very rare):

    qui censet eos... morte esse multandos,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7.—Sometimes referring to sententia as subject:

    sententia quae censebat reddenda bona (inst. of eorum qui censebant),

    Liv. 2, 4, 3.—Sometimes with oportere for the gerundial predic. inf.:

    quibusdam censentibus (eum) Romulum appellari oportere,

    Suet. Aug. 7.—With pres. inf., inst. of a gerundial:

    hac corona civica L. Gellius in senatu Ciceronem consulem donari a re publica censuit,

    Gell. 5, 6, 15 (cf. II. B. 1. b.).—If the opinion of the senator does not refer to the chief question, but to incidental points, the predic. inf. may have any form:

    eas leges quas M. Antonius tulisse dicitur omnes censeo per vim et contra auspicia latas, eisque legibus populum non teneri,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 4, 10:

    cum magna pars senatus... cum tyrannis bellum gerendum fuisse censerent... et urbem recipi, non capi, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 32, 2.—
    2.
    With ut, and negatively, ut ne or ne, generally when the clause has an active predicate, but also with passives instead of the gerundial inf.-clause:

    de ea re ita censeo uti consules designati dent operam uti senatus Kal. Jan. tuto haberi possit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 37:

    censeo ut iis qui in exercitu Antonii sunt, ne sit ea res fraudi, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 34:

    censebant omnes fere (senatores) ut in Italia supplementum meis et Bibuli legionibus scriberetur,

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    Cn. Pompeius (in senatu) dixit, sese... censere ut ad senatus auctoritatem populi quoque Romani beneficium erga me adjungeretur,

    id. Sest. 34, 74:

    quas ob res ita censeo: eorum qui cum M. Antonio sunt, etc.... iis fraudi ne sit quod cum M. Antonio fuerint,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    Calidius, qui censebat ut Pompeius in suas provincias proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 2:

    censuerunt quidam (senatores) ut Pannonicus, alii ut Invictus cognominaretur,

    Suet. Tib. 17:

    iterum censente ut Trebianis... concederetur (of the emperor's vote in the Senate),

    id. ib. 31.—And an inf.-clause, with neu or ut:

    sed ita censeo: publicandas eorum pecunias, etc.: neu quis postea de his ad senatum referat, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43:

    qui partem bonorum publicandam, pars ut liberis relinqueretur, censuerat,

    Tac. A. 4, 20.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause, without ut (rare in this connection;

    v. III. C. 3.): K. Fabius censuit... occuparent patres ipsi suum munus facere, captivum agrum plebi quam maxime aequaliter darent,

    Liv. 2, 48, 2.— And ironically with regard to incidental points: vereamini censeo ne... nimis aliquid severe statuisse videamini, I propose you should be afraid of having decreed too severe a punishment = of course, you will not be afraid, etc., Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13: misereamini censeo—deliquere homines adulescentuli per ambitionem—atque etiam armatos dimittatis, I propose that you pity them, etc., or I advise you to be merciful, Sall. C. 52, 26.—
    4.
    Ellipt., with a gerundial clause understood:

    dic quid censes (i. e. decernendum),

    Liv. 1, 32, 11: quod ego mea sententia censebam (i.e. decernendum), Cato ap. Cic. Fam. 15, 5, 2:

    senati decretum fit, sicut ille censuerat,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    quas ob res ita censeo... senatui placere, etc. ( = ita decernendum censeo, etc.),

    Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15, § 17 sq.; 10, 11, 25 sq.; 11, 12, 29 sq.; 14, 14, 36 sq.—
    5.
    = sententiam dicere, to tell, to express one ' s opinion in the Senate (post-class.).
    (α).
    Absol.: Priscus Helvidius.. contra studium ejus (sc. Vitellii) censuerat, had voted, or had expressed an opinion against his wishes, Tac. H. 2, 91:

    cum parum sit, in senatu breviter censere, nisi, etc.,

    id. Dial. 36 fin.:

    sententias... prout libuisset perrogabat... ac si censendum magis quam adsentiendum esset,

    Suet. Aug. 35:

    igitur Cn. Piso, quo, inquit, loco censebis, Caesar? si primus, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 74.—
    (β).
    With adjectives in the neuter, substantively used: nec quoquam reperto (in senatu) qui... referre aut censere aliquid auderet, who dared to express an opinion on any [p. 313] thing, Suet. Caes. 20:

    per dissensionem diversa censentium,

    of the senators who expressed different opinions, id. Claud. 10.—
    (γ).
    With interrog. or rel.-clause:

    deinde ageret senatorem et censeret quid corrigi aut mutari vellet,

    Tac. A. 16, 28:

    cum censeat aliquis (in senatu) quod ex parte mihi placeat,

    Sen. Ep. 21, 9.
    B.
    Of the decrees or resolutions of the Senate, = decernere, placere, to resolve, decree.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    With gerund, without copula (v. II. A. 1.):

    eum, cujus supplicio senatus sollennes religiones expiandas saepe censuit,

    Cic. Mil. 27, 73:

    eos senatus non censuit redimendos,

    id. Off. 3, 32, 114; so id. N. D. 2, 4, 10; id. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 15:

    senatus Caelium ab republica removendum censuit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 21:

    senatus censuit frequens coloniam Labicos deducendam,

    Liv. 4, 47, 6; 5, 24, 4:

    cum bello persequendos Tusculanos patres censuissent,

    id. 6, 25, 5; 3, 42, 6; 3, 49, 8; 7, 19, 7 et saep.—
    b.
    With pres. inf. pass. or act., with the force of a gerundial:

    de bonis regiis quae reddi antea censuerant ( = reddenda),

    Liv. 2, 5, 1:

    munera mitti legatis ex binis milibus aeris censuerunt (i.e. patres),

    id. 43, 5, 8; so id. 45, 44, 15 (v. 2. b.):

    eundem jus dicere Romae... patres censuerant,

    id. 45, 12, 13:

    cum senatus unum consulem, nominatimque Gnaeum Pompeium fieri censuisset,

    Suet. Caes. 26.—With both act. and pass. inf.:

    censuere patres, duas provincias Hispaniam rursus fieri... et Macedoniam Illyricumque eosdem... obtinere,

    Liv. 45, 16, 1.—With both pres. pass. and gerund. inff.:

    haec ita movere senatum, ut non expectanda comitia consuli censerent, sed dictatorem... dici,

    Liv. 27, 5, 14.—

    And with velle: senatus verbis nuntient, velle et censere eos ab armis discedere, etc.,

    Sall. J. 21, 4.—
    2.
    With ut or ne.
    a.
    In the words of the Senate, according to formula: quod L. Opimius verba fecit de re publica, de ea re ita censuerunt uti L. Opimius consul rem publicam defenderet, etc., ancient S. C. ap. Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 14: quod, etc., de ea re ita censuerunt ut M. Pomponius praetor animadverteret curaretque ut si, etc., S. C. ap. Suet. Rhet. 1; Gell. 15, 4, 1.—And with gerundial inf.-clause: quod C. Julius pontifex... de ea re ita censuerunt, uti M. Antonius consul hostiis majoribus... procuraret... Ibus uti procurasset satis habendum censuerunt, S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2.—
    b.
    As related by the historians, etc.:

    quoniam senatus censuisset, uti quicunque Galliam provinciam obtineret... Aeduos defenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 35:

    patres censuerunt uti consules provincias inter se compararent,

    Liv. 30, 40, 12:

    senatus censuit ut domus ei... publica impensa restitueretur,

    Suet. Claud. 6;

    so with reference to the civil law,

    Dig. 49, 14, 15 quater. —With ne:

    senatum censuisse, ne quis illo anno genitus educaretur,

    Suet. Aug. 94.—And with inf -clause:

    filio regis Nicomedi ex ea summa munera dari censuerunt, et ut victimae... praeberentur,

    Liv. 45, 44, 15.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause (very rare):

    senatus consulto quo censeretur, darent operam consules, etc.,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 73, 10.—
    4.
    With neutr. acc. pron. in place of a clause:

    cum vero id senatus frequens censuisset (sc. faciendum),

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    ite in suffragium, et quae patres censuerunt vos jubete,

    Liv. 31, 7, 14:

    quodcunque vos censueritis,

    id. 34, 7, 15:

    quodpatres censuissent,

    id. 28, 45, 2.—
    5.
    With accusative of a noun, or a noun as passive subject, to decree or vote a thing (postclass.):

    nec tamen repertum nisi ut effigies principum, aras deum, templa et arcus aliaque solita... censuere,

    Tac. A. 3, 57:

    aram Clementiae, aram Amicitiae, effigiesque... censuere,

    id. ib. 4, 74: cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis inter auctores eloquentiae ( to be placed among, etc.), id. ib. 2, 83.—
    6.
    With both acc. and dat.
    (α).
    The dat. = against:

    bellum Samnitibus et patres censuerunt et populus jussit,

    Liv. 10, 12, 3.—
    (β).
    The dat. = in behalf of:

    censentur Ostorio triumphi insignia,

    Tac. A. 12, 38.—And with ut:

    sententiis eorum qui supplicationes et... vestem Principi triumphalem, utque ovans urbem iniret, effigiesque ejus... censuere,

    id. ib. 13, 8.
    III.
    Transf.
    A.
    Of the opinions and resolutions of other deliberating bodies, or of their members, to resolve, or to be of opinion.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    Gerundial:

    erant qui censerent de tertia vigilia in castra Cornelia recedendum (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    erant sententiae quae conandum omnibus modis castraque Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    id. ib.; so id. ib. 2, 31; id. B. G. 2, 31 fin.; 7, 21; 7, 77:

    pontifices, consules, patres conscripti mihi... pecunia publica aedificandam domum censuerunt,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52: nunc surgendum censeo, I move we adjourn (in a literary meeting), id. de Or. 2, 90, 367:

    cum... pontifices solvendum religione populum censerent,

    Liv. 5, 23, 9:

    nunc has ruinas relinquendas non censerem (in an assembly of the people),

    id. 5, 53, 3:

    ego ita censeo, legatos extemplo Romam mittendos (in the Carthaginian Senate),

    id. 21, 10, 13:

    ante omnia Philippum et Macedonas in societatem belli... censeo deducendos esse (Hannibal in a council of war),

    id. 36, 7, 3; 5, 36, 8; Curt. 10, 6, 22; 10, 8, 12:

    cum septem judices cognovissent, duo censuerunt, reum exilio multandum, duo alii pecunia, tres reliqui capite puniendum,

    Gell. 9, 15, 7.—And with oportere inst. of a gerundial clause (referring to duty):

    neque sine gravi causa eum locum quem ceperant, dimitti censuerant oportere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 44.—With opus esse ( = expediency):

    Parmenio furto, non proelio opus esse censebat,

    Curt. 10, 8, 12.—
    b.
    With ordinary pres. inf.
    (α).
    In place of a gerundial:

    Antenor censet belli praecidere = praecidendam causam (in a council of war),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 9.—
    (β).
    Denoting opinion about an existing state:

    Hasdrubal ultimam Hispaniae oram... ignaram adhuc Romanorum esse, eoque Carthaginiensibus satis fidam censebat,

    Liv. 27, 20, 6:

    Parmenio non alium locum proelio aptiorem esse censebat,

    Curt. 3, 7, 8.—
    2.
    With ut or ne:

    censeo ut satis diu te putes requiesse et iter reliquum conficere pergas (in a literary meeting),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 71, 290:

    plerique censebant ut noctu iter facerent (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 67:

    et nunc magnopere censere, ut unam anum... triginta milibus talentum auri permutet (council of war),

    Curt. 4, 11, 12:

    censeout D. Claudius ex hac die deus fiat (council of the gods),

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 9, 5: antiquos audio censuisse, ne (praenomina) cui ejusdem gentis patricio inderentur, resolved (family council), Gell. 9, 2, 11 (cf. Liv. 6, 20, 14).—
    3.
    With subj.-clause:

    nunc quoque arcessas censeo omnes navalis terrestrisque copias (Hannibal in council of war),

    Liv. 36, 7, 17: censeo relinquamus nebulonem hunc, eamus hinc protinus Jovi Optimo Maximo gratulatum (assembly of the people), Scipio Afric. ap. Gell. 4, 18, 3.—
    4.
    With acc. neutr. of a pron. or adj. substantively used:

    ego pro sententia mea hoc censeo: quandoquidem, etc.,

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 11, 4:

    nec dubitavere quin vera censeret,

    that his opinion was correct, Curt. 10, 6, 18.—
    5.
    Ellipt.:

    sententiis quarum pars deditionem, pars eruptionem censebat (i.e. faciendam),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 77 init.:

    ita uti censuerant Italici deditionem facit,

    Sall. J. 26, 2; so Caes. B. G. 7, 75.
    B.
    Of the orders of persons in authority (cf. II. B.).
    1.
    Of commanders, etc., by courtesy, inst. of velle, imperare, or a direct imperative sentence.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf. - clause: non tam imperavi quam censui sumptus legatis quam maxime ad legem Corneliam decernendos, I said, not strictly as an order, but as an opinion that, etc. (Cicero as proconsul), Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 6.—
    (β).
    With subj.-clause: arma quae ad me missuri eratis, iis censeo armetis milites quos vobiscum habetis, you had better, etc., Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, A, 4. —
    2.
    Of an order by the people (rare;

    gen. populus jubet): ita id (foedus) ratum fore si populus censuisset (i. e. confirmandum esse),

    Liv. 21, 19, 3.—
    3.
    Of the later emperors, in their ordinances (censemus = placet nobis, sancimus, imperamus, from the custom of the earlier emperors, who conveyed their commands in the form of an opinion in the senate; v. II. A. 1.).—With inf.clause, ut, ne, and subj.-clause:

    sex mensium spatium censemus debere servari,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7:

    censemus ut, etc.,

    ib. 12, 37 (38), 13:

    censemus ne, etc.,

    ib. 12, 44 (45), 1: censemus vindicet, remaneat, ib. 11, 48 (47), 23:

    in commune jubes si quid censesve tenendum, Primus jussa subi,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 296.
    C.
    Of advice, given by one person to another (further development of III. A.).
    1.
    Ante-class. formula: faciundum censeo = I advise, with ut-clause, with quid, sic, etc.: censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad verrucam illam ire jubeas, etc., I advise you to order, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 3, 7, 6:

    ego Tiresiam... consulam, Quid faciundum censeat,

    consult Tiresias as to what he advises, for his advice, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 80:

    consulam hanc rem amicos quid faciundum censeant,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 26; id. Most. 3, 1, 23:

    sic faciundum censeo: Da isti cistellam, etc.,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 104:

    ego sic faciundum censeo: me honestiu'st Quam te, etc.,

    id. As. 4, 2, 11; id. Ep. 2, 2, 91:

    sane faciundum censeo,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 38.—
    2.
    With ordinary gerundial inf.-clauses:

    narrandum ego istuc militi censebo,

    I advise you to let the soldier know that, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 42:

    exorando sumendam operam censeo,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 22:

    quid nunc consili captandum censes?

    id. As. 2, 2, 91; id. Mil. 5, 25; id. Most. 1, 3, 115:

    idem tibi censeo faciendum,

    Cic. Off. 10, 1, 3:

    quos quidem tibi studiose et diligenter tractandos magno opere censeo,

    id. Fin. 4, 28, 79; id. Fam. 12, 28, 2.—Sometimes by aequum censere with an inf.-clause (in the comic poets):

    amicos consulam quo me modo Suspendere aequom censeant potissumum,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 50: qui homo cum animo... depugnat suo, Utrum ita se esse mavelit ut eum animus aequom censeat, An ita potius ut parentes... velint i. e. as his mind prompts him, id. Trin. 2, 2, 29; cf. E. 1. b. 8.—
    3.
    With a subj.clause (so esp. with censeo in 1 st pers.): censen' hominem interrogem? do you advise me to ask the man? etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 20:

    tu, si videbitur, ita censeo facias ut... supersedeas hoc labore itineris (cf.: faciundum censeo ut, 1. supra),

    Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 4:

    immo plane, inquam, Brute, legas (Gracchum) censeo,

    id. Brut. 33, 125:

    tu, si forte quid erit molestiae te ad Crassum et Calidium conferas censeo,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 7:

    tu, censeo, tamen adhibeas Vettium,

    id. Att. 2, 4, 7:

    quae disputari de amicitia possunt, ab iis censeo petatis qui ista profitentur,

    id. Lael. 5, 17: tu, censeo, Luceriam venias: nusquam eris tutius, Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 1, 1; 8, 11, A:

    censeo Via Appia iter facias, et celeriter Brundusium venias,

    id. ib. 8, 11, C: ad Caesarem mittas censeo, et ab eo hoc petas, Anton. ib. 10, 10, 2: sed hos tamen numeros censeo videas hodou parergon, Gell. 17, 20, 5:

    quam scit uterque, libens censebo exerceat artem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 44 (cf. Liv. 36, 7, 17, and Gell. 4, 18, 3, quoted III. A. 3.).—Of an advice given to an adversary, with irony:

    cetera si qua putes te occultius facere posse... magnopere censeo desistas,

    I strongly advise you to give up that idea, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:

    sed tu, Acci, consideres censeo diligenter, utrum censorum judicium grave esse velis an Egnatii,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    postulant ut excipiantur haec inexplicabilia. Tribunum censeant: aliquem adeant: a me... numquam impetrabunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 30, 97:

    ibi quaeratis socios censeo, ubi Saguntina clades ignota est,

    Liv. 21, 19, 10:

    solvas censeo, Sexte, creditori,

    Mart. 2, 13, 2.—And in jest:

    Treviros vites censeo, audio capitalis esse,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    hi Plebei fuerunt, quos contemnas censeo... qua re ad patres censeo revertare,

    id. ib. 9, 21, 3:

    vites censeo porticum Philippi: si te viderit Hercules, peristi,

    Mart. 5, 49, 13; so id. ib. 11, 99, 8; 12, 61, 7.—For ironical senatorial advice, by which the contrary is meant, v. Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13; Sall. C. 52, 26, quoted II. A. 3.—
    4.
    With an ut-clause (with monere;

    very rare): illud tamen vel tu me monuisse vel censuisse puta... ut tu quoque animum inducas, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 8, 2.—
    5.
    With a clause understood: quo me vortam nescio: Pa. Si deos salutas, dextrovorsum censeo (i.e. id facias or faciundum censeo), Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 70: quo redeam? Pe. Equidem ad phrygionem censeo (i. e. redeas), id. Men. 4, 2, 53:

    quid nunc censes, Chrysale? (i. e. faciundum),

    id. Bacch. 4, 8, 112:

    ita faciam ut frater censuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 11:

    tibi igitur hoc censeo (i. e. faciendum): latendum tantisper ibidem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 4: tu [p. 314] potes Kalendis spectare gladiatores, et ita censeo, id. ib. 16, 20:

    quid censes igitur? Ecquidnam est tui consilii ad? etc.,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 4: quid igitur censet (sapientia)? What is wisdom ' s advice? id. Phil. 13, 3, 6:

    scribi quid placeat, quid censeas,

    id. Att. 9, 19,4:

    ibitur igitur, et ita quidem ut censes,

    id. ib. 10, 15, 3:

    disce, docendus adhuc, quae censet amiculus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 3.
    D.
    Of opinions and views on general questions, to be of opinion, think, believe, hold (cf.: statuo, existimo, puto, aio, dico; freq. in class. prose; very rare in post-class. writers except Gellius; never with ut, ne, or subj.-clause).
    1.
    With inf.-clause:

    Plato mundum esse factum censet a deo sempiternum,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    Cyrenaici non omni malo aegritudinem effici censent, sed insperato,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 28:

    (Hieronymus) censet summum bonum esse sine ulla molestia vivere,

    id. Fin. 2, 5, 16:

    Aristoteles eos qui valetudinis causa furerent, censebat habere aliquid in animis praesagiens,

    id. Div. 1, 38, 81:

    Pythagoras censuit animum esse per naturam rerum omnem intentum et commeantem,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 27; so id. Ac. 1, 11, 40; 2, 42, 131; id. Fin. 1, 6, 20; 3, 15, 49; 3, 19, 64; 3, 21, 70; 4, 7, 17; 5, 7, 17; id. N. D. 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 4; 1, 12, 29; 1, 13, 35 and 37; 1, 43, 120; 1, 44, 121; 2, 22, 57; 2, 16, 44; id. Sen. 12, 41; id. Leg. 1, 13, 36; id. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 10, 22; 1, 30, 72; 1, 45, 108; 3, 5, 11; 3, 22, 52; 4, 7, 14; id. Off. 1, 25, 88:

    Plato in civitate communis esse mulieres censuit,

    Gell. 18, 2, 8; 14, 5, 2; 18, 1, 4; 19, 12, 6.—If the opinion refers to what should be observed, oportere or debere is used, or a gerundial predicate with esse (so in Cic., but in Gell. 7, 15, 3, without esse):

    oportere delubra esse in urbibus censeo,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 26:

    M. Varro aeditumum dici oportere censet,

    Gell. 12, 10, 4; 14, 5, 2;

    so with debere,

    id. 17, 5, 5; 13, 8, 4:

    Cyrenaici... virtutem censuerunt ob eam rem esse laudandam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 116:

    (Ennius) non censet lugendam esse mortem quam immortalitas consequatur,

    id. Sen. 20, 73.—
    2.
    An inf.-clause understood:

    (dissensio est), a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur initium. Ego enim ab ultimis censeo (i. e. exordiendum esse),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:

    si, Mimnermus uti censet, sine amore jocisque Nil est jucundum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 65:

    sic enim censuit,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117.—
    3.
    With neutr. acc. of a pron.: hoc amplius censeo, in addition to the opinions mentioned I hold, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2:

    nullo (medico) idem censente,

    Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 11.—
    4.
    With a rel.-clause:

    Aesopus quae utilia... erant, non severe neque imperiose praecepit et censuit,

    he imparted his teachings and views, Gell. 2, 29, 1.—
    5.
    Absol.:

    non adligo me ad unum aliquem ex Stoicis proceribus. Est et mihi censendi jus,

    the right to impart my opinions, Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2.
    E.
    In gen., = arbitror, puto, existimo, judico (cf.: idem enim valet censere et arbitrari, Varr. ap. Non. p. 519, 29: censere nunc significat putare, nunc suadere, nunc decernere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54, 11 Mull.).
    1.
    To judge, think, believe, suppose (freq. in ante-class. writings; very rare in Cic. except in the particular meanings, a.—ironically—and d.; always with inf.-clause expressed or understood).
    a.
    In gen.:

    atque ego censui abs te posse hoc me impetrare,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 12 sq.:

    satis jam delusam censeo: rem, ut est, nunc eloquamur,

    id. As. 3, 3, 141:

    nam si honeste censeam te facere posse, suadeam,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 60:

    neque ego hac noctem longiorem me vidisse censeo,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 126:

    saluti quod tibi esse censeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 35; so id. Am. 4, 3, 2; id. Most. 1, 3, 127; id. Pers. 1, 1, 9; 2, 2, 8; 2, 3, 75 sq.; id. Truc. 2, 2, 60; id. As. 2, 2, 33; id. Aul. 2, 4, 30; 2, 4, 36; id. Cas. 2, 8, 38; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 53; id. Phorm. 2, 2, 13: aut domino, cujum id censebis esse, reddes, Cincius, Re Mil. l. iii., de ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    eo namque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant (consules),

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    nec facturum aequa Samnitium populum censebant, si... oppugnarent,

    id. 7, 31, 7:

    quaeso ut ea quae dicam non a militibus imperatori dicta censeas,

    id. 7, 13, 8:

    at illa purgare se, quod quae utilia esse censebat... suasisset,

    Curt. 8, 3, 7: Alexander, tam memorabili victoria laetus, qua sibi Orientis fines apertos esse censebat, id. 9, 1, 1; so id. 10, 8, 22.—
    b.
    With reference to an erroneous opinion, to imagine, suppose, falsely believe:

    censebam me effugisse a vita marituma Ne navigarem, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 108:

    omnes eum (sc. Jovem) esse (Amphitruonem) censent servi,

    id. Am. prol. 122, 134:

    jam hic ero, quom illic censebis esse me,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 14:

    ardere censui aedes,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    ego hunc censebam esse te,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 13; so id. As. 5, 2, 20; id. Aul. 3, 5, 55; id. Bacch. 1, 2, 14; id. Men. 3, 3, 32; 5, 9, 76; id. Merc. 1, 2, 87; id. Poen. 1, 1, 54; 3, 1, 60; 3, 4, 25; id. Rud. 2, 4, 31; 4, 7, 35; id. Stich. 4, 2, 24; id. Truc. 1, 1, 72 et saep.: censuit se regem Porsenam occidere, Cass. Hem. ap. Non. p. 4, 88:

    non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabant quam ille... cui se hic cruciatum censet optare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107.—And ironically:

    nisi forte Diagoram aut Theodorum... censes superstitiosos fuisse,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 42, 117:

    nisi forte etiam illi Semproniano senatus consulto me censes adfuisse, qui ne Romae quidem fui,

    id. Fam. 12, 29, 2:

    neminem me fortiorem esse censebam,

    Curt. 8, 14, 42.—
    c.
    Referring to what should take place.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf.-clause:

    navis praedatoria, Abs qua cavendum nobis sane censeo,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 70:

    soli gerundum censeo morem,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 69:

    neque vendundam censeo Quae libera est,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 39; so id. Eun. 4, 4, 53; 5, 8, 42; id. Hec. 4, 4, 94; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 17:

    ceterum ei qui consilium adferret opem quoque in eam rem adferendam censebant esse,

    Liv. 25, 11, 14.—
    (β).
    With oportere, debere, or an ordinary inf.-clause:

    solam illi me soli censeo esse oportere obedientem,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 47:

    quibus declaraveram, quo te animo censerem esse oportere, et quid tibi faciendum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1:

    rursus interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,

    Curt. 8, 14, 43: impudens postulatio visa est, censere... ipsos id (bellum) advertere in se, agrosque suos pro alienis populandos obicere, to entertain the idea that they should direct that war against themselves and their own lands, etc., Liv. 21, 20, 4:

    munere eum fungi prioris censet amici = eum fungi oportere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 5:

    quae nos quoque sustinere censebat,

    App. M. 11, p. 253.—
    (γ).
    By aequum censere with ordinary inf.clause, expressed or understood, either = it is fair ( right) to do something, or something ought or should be done (so very freq. in the comic poets and Livy; rare in other writers): non ego istunc me potius quam te metuere aequom censeo, I do not think it right to fear him, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 51: quid me aequom censes pro illa tibi dare? What do you think I should give as a fair price? etc., id. As. 1, 3, 76: meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui, I thought it my duty that my mind should, etc., id. Trin. 2, 2, 27: ecquis est tandem qui vestrorum... aequom censeat poenas dare ob eam rem quod arguatur male facere voluisse? Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3, 36:

    quis aequum censeret... receptos in fidem non defendi?

    Liv. 21, 19, 5; so id. 24, 37, 7; 5, 3, 8; 22, 32, 6.—And without emphasis upon the idea of fairness or right:

    si sunt ita ut ego aequom censeo,

    as I think they ought to be, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 55; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 87; 2, 3, 1; id. Merc. 3, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 1, 11; id. Ep. 4, 1, 29; id. Stich. 2, 2, 20; 4, 1, 42:

    qui aequom esse censeant, nos jam a pueris ilico nasci senes,

    who believe that we should be born as old men right from childhood, Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2; so id. ib. 5, 5, 11; id. Ad. 4, 3, 10:

    qui aequom censeant rem perniciosam utili praeponi,

    Auct. Her. 2, 14, 22: (tribuni) intercedebant;

    senatum quaerere de pecunia non relata in publicum... aequum censebant,

    Liv. 38, 54, 5:

    cives civibus parcere aequum censebat,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 6.—
    d.
    Very freq., esp. in Cic., when a question, rhetorical or real, is addressed to a second person, often referring to erroneous opinions:

    an fores censebas nobis publicitus praeberier?

    Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 7:

    clanculum istaec te flagitia facere censebas potesse?

    id. Men. 4, 2, 47:

    hicine nos habitare censes?

    id. Trin. 4, 3, 72:

    omnes cinaedos esse censes, tu quia es?

    id. Men. 3, 2, 48; so id. As. 2, 4, 78; 5, 2, 37; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 41; 5, 2. 82; id. Capt. 4, 2, 66; 4, 2, 74; 5, 2, 16; id. Cas. 2, 6, 29; id. Men. 5, 5, 25: continuo dari Tibi verba censes? Ter. And. 3, 2, 25; so id. ib. 3, 3, 13; 4, 4, 55; id. Heaut. 4, 3, 38; id. Hec. 4, 1, 32; 4, 4, 53; id. Phorm. 5, 6, 35:

    adeone me delirare censes ut ista esse credam?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10:

    nam cum in Graeco sermone haec... non videbantur, quid censes in Latino fore?

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 15:

    quid igitur censes? Apim illum nonne deum videri Aegyptiis?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:

    quis haec neget esse utilia? quem censes?

    id. Off. 3, 26, 99:

    an censes me tantos labores... suscepturum fuisse, si, etc.,

    id. Sen. 23, 82:

    an vos Hirtium pacem velle censetis?

    id. Phil. 12, 4, 9; so id. Brut. 50, 186; 85, 294; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10 fin.; 2, 4, 11; 3, 13, 27; id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. N. D. 1, 8, 20; 1, 28, 78; 1, 44, 122; id. Leg. 2, 10, 23; id. Div. in Caecil. 16, 54; id. Phil. 1, 6, 13; 4, 3, 7; 7, 4, 14; 11, 1, 3; 11, 5, 10; 12, 3, 7; 12, 6, 13; 12, 8, 21; 12, 9, 22; 13, 2, 4; 14, 4, 10; id. Att. 10, 11, 4:

    quid censes munera terrae?... quo spectanda modo, quo sensu credis et ore?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 5 sqq.; so id. ib. 2, 2, 65; Lucr. 1, 973 (with obj.inf.).—With conditional period inst. of an inf.-clause:

    num censes faceret, filium nisi sciret eadem haec velle,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 46.—

    Sometimes censemus? is used in the same way as censes?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; id. Off. 2, 7, 25; id. Fam. 4, 9, 2.—
    e.
    With an inf.clause understood: itane tu censes? Pa. Quid ego ni ita censeam? Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 27: quid ergo censes? Tr. Quod rogas, Censeo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 7 sq.: quid illum censes? (i. e. eo loco facere?) Ter. And. 5, 2, 12:

    quid illas censes? (i. e. posse dicere),

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 22; so Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 59; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 9; 5, 3, 21.—So, very freq. in the comic poets, censeo, absol., as an approving answer; also sic censeo, istuc censeo, ita censeo (Cic.) to be variously rendered: ego divinam rem intus faciam... So. Censeo, that will be right! Plaut. Am. 3, 3, 11: auscultemus quid agat: Ph. Sane censeo, so we will, indeed, id. Curc. 2, 2, 29: quid si recenti re aedis pultem? Ad. Censeo, do so! id. Poen. 3, 4, 18: quin eloquamur? Ag. Censeo, hercle, patrue, id. ib. 5, 4, 93: patri etiam gratulabor? Tr. Censeo, I think so (and after answering several questions with censeo): etiamne complectar ejus patrem? Tr. Non censeo. Pl. Nunc non censet quom volo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 6 sqq.; id. Ps. 2, 2, 69; id. Stich. 5, 4, 53; id. Truc. 2, 4, 73; id. Cas. 4, 3, 14; Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 27: male habeas! Mu. Sic censeo, Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 11: aliquem arripiamus, etc.: Ly. Hem, istuc censeo, id. Merc. 3, 3, 19 (cf.:

    prorsus ita censeo, referring to general questions, as in D.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 23);

    once similarly censeas: Quid gravare? censeas!

    Say yes, Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 22.—
    2.
    To resolve, as a merely mental act, with gerundial inf.-clause (rare; cf. II. B.): quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi censuit, resolved to hasten, lit., thought he must hasten ( = statuit, existimavit), Caes. B. G. 7, 56 init.:

    censuimus igitur amplius quaerendum,

    Gell. 12, 14, 7.—
    3.
    To consider, i. e. after carefully weighing the circumstances, with inf.-clause (rare):

    sed cum censerem... me et periculum vitare posse, et temperatius dicere... ea causa mihi in Asiam proficiscendi fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 314.—
    4.
    = pu tare, habere, judicare, to consider as, to hold, with two acc., or inf.-clause.
    a.
    With double acc.:

    quom dispicias tristem, frugi censeas (i.e. eum),

    you would consider him thrifty, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2. 32:

    auxilio vos dignos censet senatus,

    considers you worthy of help, Liv. 7, 31, 2:

    has... indagines cuppediarum majore detestatione dignas censebimus si, etc.,

    Gell. 7 (6), 16, 6: cum Priscum nobilitas hostem patriae censuisset, judged, declared him the enemy, etc., Aur. Vict. Caes. 29, 4.—
    b.
    In the pass. with nom. and inf., = haberi (in Manil. and Gell.):

    praeter illas unam et viginti (comoedias) quae consensu omnium Plauti esse censebantur,

    Gell. 3, 3, 3:

    quae terrena censentur sidera sorte (i. e. esse),

    are considered as being of the terrestrial kind, Manil. 2, 226; so id. 2, 293; 2, 653; 2, 667; 3, 96; so, sub aliquo censeri, to be considered as being under one ' s influence, id. 4, 246; 4, 705; cf. id. 3, 598 (with per).—
    5.
    To wish, with subj.-clause or ne (in App.):

    de coma pretiosi velleris floccum mihi confestim adferas censeo,

    App. M. 6. [p. 315] p. 117:

    censeo ne ulla cura os percolat,

    id. Mag. p. 411.
    2.
    censeo, ēre, = succenseo, to be angry: ne vobis censeam, si, etc., Varr. ap. Non. p. 267, 24.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > censeo

  • 79 ile

    pron
    (+gen) ( z rzeczownikami policzalnymi) how many

    ile kwiatów/ludzi? — how many flowers/people?

    ilu mężczyzn/studentów? — how many men/students?

    ile ich było? — how many of them were there?, ( z rzeczownikami niepoliczalnymi) how much

    ile masła/wody/pieniędzy? — how much butter/water/money?

    ile to kosztuje? — how much is it?, (w zdaniach względnych: z rzeczownikami policzalnymi) as many; ( z rzeczownikami niepoliczalnymi) as much

    bierz ile chcesz — take as many/much as you want

    o ile — if

    o ile nie — unless, if not

    o ile wiem/pamiętam — as far as I know/remember

    o tyle o ile — pot not too bad

    nie tyle mądry, ile sprytny — not so much wise as clever

    * * *
    pron.
    Nom. i Acc. + mp ilu l. ile; Gen. + count ilu Gen. + noncount ile; Dat. i Loc. ilu; Ins. iloma l. ilu
    1. zaimek pytajny l. względny how many ( count); how much ( noncount); ile mieszkań jest na tym piętrze? how many apartments are there on this story?; ile masz pieniędzy? how much money do you have?; ile masz lat? how old are you?; ilu ludzi widziałeś? how many people did you see?; pokaż, ile przeczytałeś show me how much you have read.
    2. ( w wykrzyknikach) ile śniegu! what a lot of snow!
    3. ile tylko można l. ile się da as much as possible; ile wlezie pot. a lot; with a vengeance.
    4. po ile ( w pytaniach o cenę) how much; po ile te pomarańcze? how much are these oranges?
    5. na ile (= do jakiego stopnia) to what extent, how far; nie wiem, na ile to prawda I don't know to what extent it's true; I don't know how much of it is true; na ile mogę mu ufać? how far can I trust him?
    6. tyle, ile... as much as...; as many as...; jesz dwa razy tyle, ile ja you eat twice as much as I do; mam tyle lat, co ty I'm as old as you are.
    7. o tyle, o ile... l. na tyle, na ile... in so far as...; insofar as...; inasmuch as...; to the extent that...; powiem ci prawdę o tyle, o ile ją znam I'll tell you the truth insofar as I know it.
    8. o tyle o ile pot. so-so; not very much.
    9. ( wyraża uściślenie) nie tyle..., ile... not so much... as...; jestem nie tyle śpiący, ile zmęczony I'm not so much sleepy as tired.
    10. ile razy... every time..., whenever...; ile razy do ciebie dzwonię, zawsze jesteś zajęty you are always busy when I call you.
    11. ( w funkcji spójnika) o ile..., (to)... provided that..., if...; o ile chcą, (to) niech przyjdą jutro let them come tomorrow if they want to; o ile..., (o tyle)... while..., whereas...; o ile ja nie znoszę kawy, o tyle moja żona ją uwielbia while I hate coffee, my wife loves it.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > ile

  • 80 pasada

    f.
    1 wipe.
    2 passage, passing.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: pasar.
    * * *
    2 (en costura) stitch, tacking stitch; (en punto) row, row of stitches
    ■ dale unas pasadas al dobladilo que lo tengo descosido just tack up my hem, it's come unstitched
    3 (de pintura) coat, lick
    4 (repaso) check, going over
    6 (abuso) rip off
    ■ ¿100 euros la hora?, ¡qué pasada! 100 euros an hour?, what a rip off!
    7 (maravilla) something else
    ■ es una pasada de película that film's too much, that film's something else
    \
    de pasada (de paso) in passing 2 (rápidamente) hastily
    * * *
    1. noun f. 2. f., (m. - pasado)
    * * *
    SF
    1) [de pintura, barniz] coat; [con un trapo] wipe
    2) (Cos) (=puntada)
    3)

    ya que vas al estanco de pasada cómprame unos sellos — LAm if you are going to the tobacconist's could you buy me some stamps while you're there o while you're at it

    solo estoy aquí de pasada — LAm I'm only just passing by o through

    4) * (=barbaridad)

    ¡este coche es una pasada! — this car is amazing!

    ¿has visto cómo ha saltado? ¡qué pasada! — did you see him jump? amazing!

    ¡qué pasada! me han cobrado 75 euros — what a rip-off! they charged me 75 euros *

    una pasada de... — * (=un montón de) lots of..., tons of... *

    5) (=jugarreta)

    hacerle o jugarle una mala pasada a algn — to play a dirty trick on sb

    6) CAm, Cono Sur * (=reprimenda) telling-off *
    7) Col (=vergüenza) shame, embarrassment
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( con un trapo) wipe; (de barniz, cera) coat
    b) ( en labores) row
    c) ( paso)

    de pasada: estuvo de pasada, no se quedó mucho rato he was just passing (by), he didn't stay long; trató el tema de pasada he dealt with the subject in passing; hacerle or jugarle una mala pasada a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

    2) (Esp arg) ( abuso) rip off (colloq)
    * * *
    = pass.
    Ex. Apart from serving as 'electronic money', smart cards are already being envisaged as identification and access control passes, bearers of personal records, encryption devices and so on.
    ----
    * de una pasada = once-through.
    * mala pasada = dirty trick.
    * mencionar de pasada = make + passing mention.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( con un trapo) wipe; (de barniz, cera) coat
    b) ( en labores) row
    c) ( paso)

    de pasada: estuvo de pasada, no se quedó mucho rato he was just passing (by), he didn't stay long; trató el tema de pasada he dealt with the subject in passing; hacerle or jugarle una mala pasada a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

    2) (Esp arg) ( abuso) rip off (colloq)
    * * *
    = pass.

    Ex: Apart from serving as 'electronic money', smart cards are already being envisaged as identification and access control passes, bearers of personal records, encryption devices and so on.

    * de pasada = by the way of (a) digression.
    * de una pasada = once-through.
    * mala pasada = dirty trick.
    * mencionar de pasada = make + passing mention.

    * * *
    A
    1 (con un trapo) wipe; (de barniz, cera) coat
    dale otra pasada de pintura give it another coat of paint
    con dos pasadas con la plancha queda perfecta just give it a quick run over with the iron o ( BrE) a quick iron and it'll be fine
    3
    (paso): de pasada: sólo se refirió al tema de pasada he only touched on the subject in passing, he only made a passing reference to the subject
    de pasada voy a parar a comprar cigarrillos I'll stop off on the way and buy some cigarettes
    estuvo de pasada, no se quedó mucho rato he was just passing (by), he didn't stay long
    hacerle or jugarle una mala pasada a algn to play a dirty trick on sb
    B ( Esp arg) (abuso) rip off ( colloq)
    ¿30 euros por eso? ¡qué pasada! 30 euros for that? what a rip off! ( colloq)
    tratarlo así fue una pasada you went too far treating him like that ( colloq)
    * * *

    pasada sustantivo femenino

    (de barniz, cera) coat
    b) ( paso):


    hacerle or jugarle una mala pasada a algn to play a dirty trick on sb
    pasado,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (último) last
    2 (sin actualidad, trasnochado) old-fashioned: le di un número pasado de la revista, I gave him a back number of the magazine
    3 (estropeado, podrido) bad: creo que esta carne está pasada, I think this meat is off
    4 Culin cooked
    un filete poco pasado, a rare steak 5 pasado mañana, the day after tomorrow
    II sustantivo masculino past: no puede recordar el pasado más reciente, he's got a bad short-term memory
    tiene un oscuro pasado, his past is a mystery
    pasada sustantivo femenino
    1 (repaso, retoque: de la lección, trabajo) revision
    (: de pintura) coat
    (: para limpiar) wipe
    2 fam (objeto o situación sorprendente) aquella boda fue una pasada, that wedding was amazing 3 mala pasada, dirty trick
    ♦ Locuciones: de pasada, in passing
    ' pasada' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    faena
    - guarrada
    - guarrería
    - jugada
    - pasado
    - remontarse
    - trastada
    - agua
    - cochinada
    English:
    appease
    - bloody
    - dump
    - engagement
    - fast
    - half
    - last
    - move out
    - ocean
    - oust
    - passing
    - trick
    - week
    - down
    - only
    * * *
    pasada nf
    1. [con trapo] wipe;
    dales una pasada a los muebles con el trapo del polvo give the furniture a wipe o run-over with the duster;
    dale una pasada con la plancha a los pantalones just run the iron over the trousers, will you?;
    dar una segunda pasada a [con brocha] to give a second coat to
    2. [en costura] stitch
    3. [repaso] read through;
    dar una pasada a un texto to read a text through
    4. [de vehículo]
    los alborotadores dieron varias pasadas en coche delante del cuartel the troublemakers drove to and fro several times in front of the barracks;
    el avión dio dos pasadas sobre el aeropuerto antes de aterrizar the plane made two passes over the airport before landing
    5.
    de pasada [de paso] on the way;
    [sin detalles] in passing;
    vete a comprar el pan y de pasada tráeme el periódico go and buy the bread and get me the paper while you are at it;
    decir algo de pasada to say sth in passing
    6. Esp Fam [exageración]
    lo que le hiciste a Sara fue una pasada what you did to Sara was a bit much, you went too far doing that to Sara;
    ese sitio es una pasada de bonito that's a really lovely spot;
    me han regalado una pasada de ordenador I've been given this amazing computer;
    le metieron diez puñaladas – ¡qué pasada! he was stabbed ten times – that's barbaric!
    7.
    mala pasada dirty trick;
    * * *
    f
    1 con trapo wipe;
    dar una pasada a algo ( retocar, repasar) put the finishing touches to sth, go over sth again
    2 de pintura coat
    3
    :
    jugar una mala pasada a alguien play a dirty trick on s.o.
    4 fam
    :
    ¡qué pasada! that’s incredible! fam ;
    este coche es una pasada this car is so cool! fam, this car is something else! fam
    5
    :
    de pasada in passing
    * * *
    pasada nf
    1) : passage, passing
    2) : pass, wipe, coat (of paint)
    3)
    de pasada : in passing
    4)
    mala pasada : dirty trick
    * * *
    1. (repaso) check
    ¡qué pasada de casa! what an amazing house!

    Spanish-English dictionary > pasada

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Old St Mary's Church, West Bergholt — Old St Mary s Church, West Bergholt, from the south …   Wikipedia

  • Old Time Rock and Roll — Single by Bob Seger from the album Stranger in Town …   Wikipedia

  • Old Hemp — Other appellation(s) Hemp Species Dog Breed Border Collie Sex Male Born September 1893 …   Wikipedia

  • Old Reynella, South Australia — Old Reynella Adelaide, South Australia Old South Road, Old Reynella, facing north …   Wikipedia

  • Old High German declension — Old High German is an inflected language, and as such its nouns, pronouns, and adjectives must be declined in order to serve a grammatical function. A set of declined forms of the same word pattern is called a declension. There are five… …   Wikipedia

  • Old Glory (1939 film) — Old Glory Merrie Melodies (Porky Pig) series The September 12, 1953 Blue Ribbon reissue title card of Old Glory. Directed by Charles Jones …   Wikipedia

  • Old-time radio — Before television, radio was the dominant home entertainment medium. Old Time Radio (OTR) and the Golden Age of Radio refer to a period of radio programming in the United States lasting from the proliferation of radio broadcasting in the early… …   Wikipedia

  • Twice-Told Tales — Infobox Book | name = Twice Told Tales title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of the first edition author = Nathaniel Hawthorne illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = English series = genre = Short stories… …   Wikipedia

  • Old Man of the Mountain (Assassin) — The Old Man of the Mountain was a name given to Rashid ad Din Sinan, one of the leaders of the Syrian wing of the Hashshashin sect and an important figure in the history of the Crusades.Latin sources from the crusader states call him Vetulus de… …   Wikipedia

  • Old New Borrowed and Blue — For the Roxx Gang album, see Old, New, Borrowed, and Blue. Old New Borrowed and Blue Studio album by Slade Release …   Wikipedia

  • Twice Upon a Time — Infobox Film | name = Twice Upon a Time caption = director = John Korty Charles Swenson producer = Bill Couturié George Lucas (Executive producer) writer = John Korty Charles Swenson Suella Kennedy Bill Couturié starring = Lorenzo Music Julie… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»